Special Application Chain Drive Chains Sprockets Design and Selection Maintenance Information...
|
|
|
- Karen Singleton
- 9 years ago
- Views:
Transcription
1 L O ONNS Special pplication hain Rex ngineered Steel hains with Rollers Rex ngineered Steel hains without Rollers Link-elt ngineered Steel hains with Rollers Link-elt ngineered Steel hains without Rollers Rex ngineered Steel hain ttachments Link-elt ngineered Steel hain ttachments rive hains Rex Welded Steel hains and ttachments Rex and Link-elt ast hains Link-elt ast hain ttachments... 77, Rex ast hain ttachments Rex and Link-elt rop orged hains and ttachments Rex Polymeric hains and ccessories Rex Live Roller onveyor hain Rex ouble lex hain Rex Low riction L ushed hain Rex Platinum Series orrosion-resistant hains Rex and Link-elt hain Interchange Sprockets Rex uckets Rex and Link-elt ucket and light Wings esign and Selection Maintenance Information ngineering ata hain and Sprocket Index Subject Index
2 RX N LINK-L ONVYOR N LVOR INS his chart illustrates the number of steps Rexnord takes to assure you receive the best possible chain. hain Life Wear Resistance atigue Strength Use of hoice Materials Superior eat reatment & ardness epth Oil ath and Pre-Lube Use of hoice Materials Shot Peening of Sidebars imensionally ccurate & Repeatable omponents Super Smooth ole inishes esign Press it hain Life the ritical riterion in Selecting Your hain Supplier hain repair and replacements add up to expensive delays and unforeseen material and labor expenses. actors that can weigh heavily on your operation s profitability. In order to meet tight schedules and keep overhead down, you need to select chain that will perform and last even under the most rigorous conditions. Rexnord orporation, manufacturer of Rex and Link-elt chain for over 100 years, is the leader in the engineered chain industry. Our many years of experience provide unique expertise in material selection, heat treatment and design engineering key factors that add up to superior chain strength and extended wear life. Infeed into one of the many heat treat furnaces used to harden chain components. Note the flame curtain used to protect the furnace atmosphere from the outside environment. What to look for when specifying chain: Wear Resistance chain life is directly affected by the hardness of the wearing components. Quite simply, the harder the parts, the longer the wear life. Rexnord s heat treatment capabilities exceed that of other chain manufacturers. ombine this with the use of choice materials, and it adds up to superior chain that eliminates costly and unexpected downtime. atigue Strength a key factor leading to the durability of our chains is superior fatigue strength. ightly controlled interference fits between the pins and chain sidebars, proper welding and stress relieving, heat treatment and regular testing, and application experience make our chains the number one choice for your particular application. ross-sections of heat treated chain components. he silver surfaces are the result of acid etching and illustrate the deep case depths our chain components have. ustom built induction coils and ancillary equipment have been designed by Rexnord expressly for induction heat treating chain components and sprockets. 2
3 RX N LINK-L ONVYOR N LVOR INS Strong, fatigue resistant chain is a function of the press fit of pins and bushings. he plexiglas models below help to illustrate this benefit. ully machined pins offer dimensional accuracy critical in the manufacture of reliable, strong chain. In an unloaded state, a pin or bushing with a significant press fit will exert compressive stresses around the chain sidebar hole. Low or non-press fit components exert little to none. his photo shows the stress present around a press fit bushing and the lack of compressive stresses around the non- or low-press fit bushings. Rexnord has invested heavily in N controlled machinery for better lot-to-lot component uniformity. Under load, the stress changes drastically around the low press fit hole but very little around the highly press fit hole. Large stress changes reduce the fatigue resistance of chains. or this reason, Rex and Link-elt chains use an optimum amount of interference to provide that protective compressive stress! Pre-lubrication and shrink wrapping: Rexnord takes extra steps at the end of manufacturing to protect your chain. ll chain is pre-lubricated and shrink wrapped. his means less corrosion and less break-in wear. etter for long-term storage too. his photo depicts a fatigue testing machine used by Rexnord to evaluate chain fatigue strengths and guide us in making improvements. 3
4 SPIL PPLIION IN igh Performance levator hains SPIL PPLIION IN Rex and Link-elt heavy duty elevator chains have garnered a reputation as the longest lasting, most reliable chains available today for tough elevating applications. linker, finished cement, fertilizer, coal, you name it, and it can be elevated most efficiently and reliably with our chains. he 900 series chains are the newest addition to this line of chain. With larger components, the 900 series offers 30% greater fatigue strength over their 800 series counterparts. Lightening holes were added to the 900 series to offset the increase weight introduced by larger bushings and pins. No matter which series you choose, you re guaranteed the highest level of heat treatment and manufacturing available in elevator chains today. 800 Series RS856 R857 R859 R Series R956 R958 R984 RN SL RININ RIN ORY INSLL RS RSILIN SL Sealed Joint levator hains actory installed grease sealed in, abrasives or corrosives sealed out. n option in these chains and denoted by the SJM prefix. Linkmaster Keep the advantage of high press fits by using the Linkmaster assembly and disassembly tool. See page 169 for more details. rain andling hains Rexnord manufactures a wide variety of chains for the grain industry. Welded steel chains are very popular due to the fact that they are easily modified by welding on a variety of attachments. Press fit engineered steel chains with rollers are used in longer, higher load systems. he chains shown are examples of these two chain types. 4
5 SPIL PPLIION IN Rex and Link-elt ngineered hain pplication for musement Rides, Recreational Lifts, and Other People Movers rom time to time, chain application questions concerning driving or conveying functions on amusement rides and recreational lifts are brought to Rexnord s attention. oncern arises for the safety and the well being of people utilizing these units should chains prematurely or unexpectedly fail. general review has been made to establish certain rules and recommendations for the selection and application of these rides and conveyances. he following reflects those conclusions: 1. hain should not be used for any amusement ride or recreational lift application unless there are adequate, functional, and operational safety backup devices to prevent hazardous or unsafe conditions from occurring. 2. hains containing castings or molded parts of any material should not be applied to these applications. his includes pintle, heavy pintle, combination, cast steel, nonmetallic, and similar chains. 3. hains containing weldments of any nature should not be applied to these applications. his includes welded steel versions of basic cast pintle chains and engineered steel chains containing welded components. equipment manufacturers of that equipment. his includes replacement chains from any manufacturer including Rexnord. Written approval is required for each purpose. 5. hain selections for amusement rides or recreational lift applications should be of the engineered steel types of chain generally covered by NSI standards 29.10, 29.12, and after review of all application factors by and approval of the appropriate responsible representative of the original equipment manufacturer of the equipment. 6. hains on these applications should be adequately lubricated and properly maintained at all times. 7. hain reliability is based upon a good press fit of the pins and bushings into the sidebars. herefore, do not grind the chain pins, bushings, or holes in the sidebars in order to assemble the chain as supplied from the factory. 8. lteration of chain destroys the integrity of the press fits of the chain assembly. herefore, do not alter or rebuild any chains for these applications. 9. If a customer applies an engineered chain product without our approval, it is a misapplication and, as such, is not warrantied under our standard conditions of sale. Should questions arise covering any of these policies or procedures, please contact your local Rexnord sales office. SPIL PPLIION IN 4. hain selections of any nature should not be made or changed without written approval of the appropriate representatives of an approved original 5
6 SPIL PPLIION IN In-loor onveying hain SPIL PPLIION IN Rex and Link-elt In-loor onveyor hains are specially designed to move continuous loads, such as those found in the paper, steel and automotive industries. Rexnord manufactures a variety of configurations to accommodate a multitude of applications. complete selection of materials, top plates and pitch lengths are also offered. igh Sidebar and eneral onveying onveyor hain Rex and Link-elt igh Sidebar onveyor hains offer superior strength for conveying heavy loads, such as those found in the automotive, steel and general assembly industries. It rolls comfortably on any even, firm service to provide efficient, economical conveying. Versions with intermediate rollers are available for accumulation conveyors. raw ench and Steel Industry hains ot steel slabs, coiled steel and metal tubing all move smoothly on our chains. Rollers, if needed, are fully machined and supplied with bearings. he large laced chains shown to the right are for draw benches used in the tube industry. hese chains are fully machined on Rexnord s modern N milling machines. 6
7 SPIL PPLIION IN Reclaimer and arge/ship Unloading hains Many types of reclaimers and barge/ship unloaders use large engineered class chains. Rexnord can design new chains for these applications, or build replacement chains if given a sample. elow are some examples of chains we have made, but the styles we can make are virtually limitless. SPIL PPLIION IN ottling and everage Industry Some of the most commonly used engineered chains in the bottling industry are bottle washer chains. Rexnord makes a wide variety of these chains that meet or exceed OM specifications. hains and attachments can be modified to help solve maintenance problems. elow are some examples of chains we make. Side-flexing chains are also very common in bottling. Rexnord has one of the broadest lines of rugged polymeric and steel sideflexing chains for barrel, case and pallet conveying. 7
8 SPIL PPLIION IN ane Sugar and Sugar eet Processing SPIL PPLIION IN agasse, intermediate, feed tables and main cane carrier chains are all available from Rexnord. Many sugar processing chains are the same as they were years ago when mills were smaller. oday s larger mills require newer, stronger chains such as the Rex 9184 a larger version of the ontact Rexnord for a copy of the latest Sugar Mill hains brochure. Many chain styles are available for sugar beet processing as well. s in cane sugar processing, this industry is very corrosive. Sealed Joint chains are available for sugar beet elevators to fend off pin and bushing corrosion. Special materials and platings are also available. ood Processing ngineered chains can be found throughout the food processing industry. ydrostatic cookers, overhead carcass conveyors and cutting tables in slaughtering houses are three common areas to find chains. Of course, our polymeric chains are used in a variety of meat, poultry and vegetable processing conveyors. elow are examples of some of the common metallic engineered chains made for this industry. Review the polymeric chains on pages to learn about non-metallic options. hains for the baking industry (oven, proofer, etc.) are also available. ontact Rexnord for details. 8
9 SPIL PPLIION IN scalators and Walkways Rexnord makes a wide variety of escalator chain. Some of the popular brands are stocked for immediate delivery. Strand matching and OM specified length tolerances are all available as standard. wo of the standard designs we offer are shown at right. SPIL PPLIION IN istribution and Material andling oday s large postal and consumer goods distribution centers rely heavily upon engineered chains to sort and move product. Sortation chains are the most common and Rexnord has developed many different styles to suit particular needs. Sorter cart mounting bosses can be modified in a number of ways to increase strength and performance. hain rollers are available in molded thermoplastics or in super rugged urethane lagged steel your choice. In-floor tow chains for automated cart conveyors are also made by Rexnord. all for details. 9
10 RX NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K I K PI PI PI PI SYL K SYL N NINR SL IMNSION L Rex hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➀ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI RR362 N , RR432 N , X N , N , K , RR778 N , RR588 N , X N , ➁ X N , N , N , IN PI SR183 R , N , N , N , IN PI RR1120 R , SR194 R , SR188 R , R , R , R , R , X3433 N , N , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. ➁ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are.21 inches thick. 10 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
11 RX NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL R imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Rex Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Properties Width iam. Length Style Properties iam. No. I IN PI RR R RR X.43 R R R R R RR R RR R X IN PI SR R R SI R R SI IN PI RR R SR R R SR R R R R R R R R R R X SI R SI R NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. 1 abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 11
12 RX NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K I K I K PI PI PI PI PI PI SYL K SYL L SYL N NINR SL IMNSION L Rex hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➄ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI 3420 R , N , N , N , IN PI SR196 R , W , R , R , R , SR1114 R , R , S951 R , R , , K , R➁ , SR3130 W , R , Sp. R , RR542 N , R2111 N , R , ➅ L➂ , RS1131 R , W , L➂ , L➂ , K , N , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ enterline of sidebar is.25" higher than centerline of roller. Sidebar extends.25" above roller. ➂ Same as Style R, except that lower edge of Style L sidebar is necked. ➄ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. ➅ Plated pin. 12 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
13 RX NINR SL With Rollers I K I K I K PI PI PI PI PI PI SYL R SYL 1 SYL W Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI WI Selectively Induction ardened White Iron imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Rex Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Properties Width iam. Length Style Properties iam. No. ➁ I IN PI R R SI SI R SI IN PI SR R R R WI R R R R R R SR R R R R S R R S R R R WI S R R R SR R R R Sp R RR R R R R R RS R I R I R I R I I R NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ When assembled with through rods, the roller flange is on the chain side opposite the end of the rod. ➁ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 13
14 RX NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K PI PI SYL SYL SYL 1 SYL SYL ROLLRS IMNSION L NINR SL Rex hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➁ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI 2800 R , IN PI 1039 K , R911 R , R922 R , R , R2342 K , R2405 K , R933 R , R , R4009➂ R , X4004➂ R , ➂ R , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ When assembled with through rods the roller flange is on the chain side opposite the end of the rod. ➁ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. ➂ urnished as standard with 5 attachment every second pitch. 14 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
15 RX NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL K SYL R imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Rex Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Length Properties Width iam. Style Properties iam. No. ➆ I IN PI I R IN PI R R R WI R WI R WI R I R R R R WI R WI R4009➂.88 I X4004➂ 1.00 I R ➂ 1.25 I R NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➂ urnished as standard with 5 attachment every second pitch. ➆ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 15
16 RX NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K PI PI SYL SYL SYL 1 SYL SYL ROLLRS IMNSION L NINR SL Rex hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt. ➁ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI 1211 R , R1222 R , R , R1251 K , R1233 R , R , RR2397 K , ➄ R , R1244 R , R , R1706 K , R2614 K , R4010➂ R , IN PI R1822 R , R , , R , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ When assembled with through rods the roller flange is on the chain side opposite the end of the rod. ➁ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. ➂ urnished as standard with 5 attachment every second pitch. ➄ urnished as standard with 116 attachment every second pitch. 16 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
17 RX NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL K SYL R imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Rex Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Length Properties Width iam. Style Properties iam. No. ➆ I IN PI R R R WI R WI R R R R WI R WI RR R R ➄ R R R WI R I R R I R R4010➂ 1.50 I R IN PI R WI R WI WI R WI NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➂ urnished as standard with 5 attachment every second pitch. ➄ urnished as standard with 116 attachment every second pitch. ➆ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 17
18 RX NINR SL Without Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K PI PI SYL I IMNSION L NINR SL Rated Recommended eneral imensions Inches Minimum verage Working Maximum verage Rex Ultimate Style Pitch, Over-ll etween Load, R.P.M. Weight hain No. Strength Inches Pin & otter Sidebars Lbs. for Lbs./t. Lbs. x Spkt.➀ 3 K IN PI S188 I , IN PI S131 I , I , I , IN PI R2823 V , S823 V , SR825 V , S102 I , IN PI S102-1/2 I , IN PI S111 I , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. 18 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
19 RX NINR SL Without Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL V imensions in Inches and Specifications Sidebars Pins ushings Sprocket Rex Outside Unit hain No. hickness eight iam. Length Properties Properties iam. No. I ➄ IN PI S R IN PI S R R IN PI R R S R SR R S R IN PI S102-1/ R / IN PI S SI NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➄ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 19
20 RX NINR SL Without Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K PI PI SYL I IMNSION L NINR SL Rated Recommended eneral imensions Inches Minimum verage Working Maximum verage Rex Ultimate Style Pitch, Over-ll etween Load, R.P.M. Weight hain No. Strength Inches Pin & otter Sidebars Lbs. for Lbs./t. Lbs. x Spkt.➀ 3 K and IN PI S111Sp➂ I , IN PI SR830 I , S110 I , S833 I , SR844 V , V , RS856 I , R956➁ I , R857➁ I , RO850 V , R958 I , R859➁ I , to IN PI SX150 I , SX150➄ I , SX175 I , R864➁ I , R984 I , SX886 V , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. ➁ oth pins in a pin link have their heads on the same side. In the assembled chain the pin links are staggered. ➂ No. S111 Sp: has same inner link as No. S inch pitch. ➄ Induction hardened sidebar edges furnished as standard. 20 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
21 RX NINR SL Without Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL V imensions in Inches and Specifications Sidebars Pins ushings Sprocket Rex Outside Unit hain No. hickness eight iam. Length Properties Properties iam. No. I ➄ and IN PI S111Sp ➂ SI Sp IN PI SR R S R S SI SR R SI RS I R ➃ 1.00 I R ➃ 1.00 I RO I RO850 R I R ➁ 1.25 I to IN PI SX SI SX SI SX I SX175 R ➁ 1.25 I R I SX I SX886 NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are 3 inches high. ➂ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are 2 inches high. ➃ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are 2.50 inches high. ➄ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 21
22 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K I K PI PI PI PI SYL R SYL W IMNSION L NINR SL Link-elt hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➃ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI RS 625 N , RS 627 N , SS 1088 N , RS 81X N , RS 886 N , RS 81X N , ➁ 1.27 RS 81X N , RS 887 N , SS 2004 N , IN PI075 PI RS 303 N , ➂ RS 3013 R , RS 1539 N , IN PI RS 4013 R , RS 4113 R , RS 4216 R , RS 4019 R , RS 2188 R , RS 4328 R , IN PI RS 1113 R , RO 2113 W , RS 60 R , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are.21 inches thick. ➂ xtended rivet. ➃ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. 22 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
23 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL SYL N SYL ROLLRS imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Link-elt Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Properties Width iam. Length Style Properties iam. No. ➂ I ➄ IN PI RS R RS R SS R RS 81X.43 R RS R RS 81X RS 81X RS R SS PI RS R R RS R RS R IN PI RS R RS R R RS R R RS R R RS R R RS R IN PI RS R R RO R R RS I R RS60 NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➂ Pins can be furnished with pressure lubrication fittings. ➄ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 23
24 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K I K I K PI PI PI PI PI PI SYL N SYL 1 SYL R NINR SL IMNSION L Link-elt hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➂ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI RS 6018 R , RS 1116 R , RS 2190 R , RS 1114 R , RS 951 R , RS , RS 953 N , RS 6238 R , RS 6438 R , RS 1131 R , RS 944 Plus N , RS 996 R , RS 2284 R , RS 2284 Plus R , RO 2284 W , RO 2284 Plus W , RS 1796➁ R , RS 960 R , RS 2047➁ R , RS 2600➁ R , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ hain furnished with attachments every pitch. ➂ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. 24 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
25 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL SYL W SYL ROLLRS imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Link-elt Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Properties Width iam. Length Style Properties iam. No. ➂ I ➄ IN PI RS R R RS R R RS R R RS R R RS R R RS R WI RS R RS I R RS I R RS R RS 944 Plus R RS R RS I R RS 2284 Plus.88 I R RO I R RO 2284 Plus.88 I R RS 1796➁ R RS I R RS 2047➁ R RS 2600➁ NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ hain furnished with attachments every pitch. ➂ Pins can be furnished with pressure lubrication fittings. ➄ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 25
26 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers or an explanation of rated working load, and for application guidance, refer to esign and Selection or call Rexnord. I K I K PI PI PI PI SYL N SYL R IMNSION L NINR SL Link-elt hain No. Recommended imensions in Inches verage Rated Maximum Minimum verage Over-ll etween Sidebars Style Pitch, Working R.P.M. Ultimate Weight Pin & otter Sidebars hickness eight Inches Load, for Strength, Lbs./t. Lbs. 12. Spkt.➂ Lbs. x 10 3 K IN PI RS 2800➁ R , RS 2804➁ R , RS 2806➁ R , IN PI RS 911 R , SS , SS , SS 927 R , SS , SS , RS 4851 R , RS 4852 R , RS 2064 R , RS 4065 R , IN PI RS 1211 R , SS 4038 R , SS 1227 R , SS , SS , SS , SS , RS 4850 R , SS , RS 3206➁ R , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➁ hain furnished with attachments every pitch. ➂ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. 26 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
27 LINK-L NINR SL With Rollers I K PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL SYL 1 SYL ROLLRS imensions in Inches and Specifications Pins Rollers ushings Sprocket Link-elt Unit ace Outside Outside hain No. iam. Properties Width iam. Length Style Properties iam. No. ➂ I ➄ IN PI RS 2800➁ RS 2804➁ RS 2806➁ IN PI RS R R SS NON SS 928 SS WI SS WI SS NON SS 942 SS WI RS RS I RS RS I IN PI RS R R SS WI SS WI SS WI SS WI SS NON SS 1242 SS WI RS SS SS 4843 RS 3206➁ NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ When assembled with through rods, the roller flange is on the chain side opposite the end of the rod. ➁ hain furnished with attachments every pitch. ➂ Pins can be furnished with pressure lubrication fittings. ➄ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 27
28 LINK-L NINR SL Without Rollers K I PI PI SYL V IMNSION L NINR SL Rated Recommended eneral imensions Inches Minimum verage Working Maximum verage Link-elt Ultimate Style Pitch, Over-ll etween Load, R.P.M. Weight hain No. Strength Inches Pin & otter Sidebars Lbs. for Lbs./t. Lbs. x Spkt.➀ 3 K IN PI SS152 I , IN PI SS188 I , IN PI SS131 I , SS1972 I , SO2103 V , SS2162 I , IN PI SS102 I , SS2236 I , IN PI SS102-1/2 I , IN PI SS111 I , IN PI SS110 I , SS844 I , SX856 I , SX2857 I , SS850 Plus I , SO850 Plus V , SS1654 I , SX2859 I , SO6065 V , to IN PI SS150 Plus I , SS4871 I , SX2864 I , Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➀ If driver has more/less than 12 teeth, increase/decrease RPM in direct ratio of number of teeth to 12. o not exceed a chain speed of 450 PM. 28 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
29 LINK-L NINR SL Without Rollers K I PI PI Properties hrough ardened R arburized I ircumferentially Induction ardened SI Selectively Induction ardened WI White Iron SYL I imensions in Inches and Specifications Sidebars Pins ushings Sprocket Link-elt Outside Unit hain No. hickness eight iam. Length Properties Properties iam. No. I ➂ IN PI SS R IN PI SS R IN PI SS R SS SO R SS I IN PI SS R SS R IN PI SS102-1/ R / IN PI SS SI IN PI SS R SS R SX I SX ➄ 1.00 I SS850 Plus SI R0850 SO850 Plus I R0850 SS SI SX R SO to IN PI SS150 Plus SI SS SI SX I NINR SL Shaded chains are most commonly used and are more readily available. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. ➂ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➃ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are 3 inches high. ➄ Outer (pin-link) sidebars are 2.50 inches high. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 29
30 RX MNS MNS IMNSION L Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. 1 Rex ➂ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t / SR183➀ / SR / SR / S / RR / RR / RR / RR / / / made also for chain with offset sidebars / / SP / / SR183➀ / SR188➀ ➁ / ➁ SR / SR / / R / R / S / S / S / SR / RS / / / / / / ➀ 1/2 and K1/K2 attachments are combined on the same side bar. ➁ Not entral. ➂ ll holes round and straight. imensions (Inches) and Weights 2 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 30
31 RX MNS , 23 and 25 IMNSION L Rex ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 3 R / R / R / R / / R / / / / / S / / / / / / made also for chain with straight sidebars. S / / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. imensions (Inches) and Weights MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 31
32 RX MNS 20, 23 and MNS Rex ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 23 R / R / R / S / / / / SR / SR / SR / RR / RS / / / / SR / / SX ➀ ll holes round and straight. 155 IMNSION L Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. 2 imensions (Inches) and Weights 5 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 32
33 RX MNS K 3 J 5 16, 17, 18 IMNSION L Rex ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 3 his attachment made with high sidebars of 3.50 to 8 inches; weights are for 6-inch bars. R / R / R / / R / / / is called 6 by some manufacturers. R / R / R / R / R / / R / R / R / R / R / R / R / R / / R / / R / R / R / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. imensions (Inches) and Weights MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 33
34 RX MNS , 117 K1 MNS IMNSION L Rex ➂ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 29 made also for inner (roller) link; is 3.69" / ➇ weights are for 6-inch bars. R / R / R / /4➈ R /2➈ R /2➈ R /2➈ R /2➈ K / SR183➀ / S / SR188➀ / SR194➀ / SR196➀ / / RR / RR / ➁ / RR / RR / / / / / ➀ / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ 1/2 and K1/K2 attachments are combined on the same side bar. ➁ Not entral. ➂ ll holes round and straight. imensions (Inches) and Weights ➇ lock links only. ➈ Round holes, countersunk on inside links. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 34
35 RX MNS K2 for S102, S102.5, S111, S111SP, SR830 and S833 IMNSION L K2 or ll Others Rex ➂ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K2 made also for chain with offset sidebars. 4➀ / / S102➅ / S102.5➅ / S111➅ / S111SP.➅ / SX / SR183➀ / S / SR188➀ ➁ / ➁ SR194➀ / SR196➀ / S823➄ ➁ / SR825➄ / SR830➆ / S833➅ / SR844➄ 6 & / R / R / R / R / R / S / SR / RS / ➀ / ➃ / ➃ / / ➃ / / ➀ / ➀ / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ 1/2 and K1/K2 attachments are combined on the same side bar. ➁ Not entral. ➂ ll holes round and straight. ➃ Lower edge of sidebar is necked. imensions (Inches) and Weights ➄ hese chains have offset sidebars. ➅ ull width attachment cannot be coupled consecutively. ➆ ull width attachment on outside only. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 35
36 RX MNS K2 K3 K3 on RS856 and SX150 K11 and K17 MNS IMNSION L K20, K22, K23, K24, K25 Rex ➂ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K2 made also for chain with offset sidebars. (continued) 2858➆ / /2➉ ➆ / / ➀ / ➆ / K3 SX / RS856➅ / / R / R / R / R / R / R / R / R / K11 R / K / K / / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ 1/2 and K1/K2 attachments are combined on the same side bar. ➂ ll holes round and straight. ➅ ull width attachment cannot be coupled consecutively. imensions (Inches) and Weights ➆ ull width attachment on outside only. ➉ oles are square. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 36
37 RX MNS K20, K22, K23, K24, K25 K21 K26, K27 and K32➀ IMNSION L Rex ➂ Wgt. J K hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K21 R / K22 S102.5➅ / S / S111➅ / RR / S / S833➅ / / K23 RS856➅ / K24 RS856➅ / R956➅ / / ➅ / ➅ / ➅ / K25 S / S / R / ➃ / ➃ / ➃ / K26 X3433➆ / K27 S833➅ / K32 R / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ 1/2 and K1/K2 attachments are combined on the same side bar. ➂ ll holes round and straight. ➃ Lower edge of sidebar is necked. imensions (Inches) and Weights ➅ ull width attachment cannot be coupled consecutively. ➆ ull width attachment on outside only. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 37
38 RX MNS K K35 K443 K M2 M6 M14 MNS IMNSION L Rex ➂ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K35 RS856➅ / OLS K44 R857➅ / R859➅ / R / OLS K443 R864➆ / R / M Refer to rawing for imensions 33.0 M6/M /32 Slots /32 Slots /32 Slots M /16➉ Slots /16➉ Slots 4.2 R /4➉ Slots 9.0 RR /8➉ Slots 9.3 R /8➉ Slots 9.4 R /4➉ Slots 23.4 Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➂ ll holes round and straight. ➅ ull width attachment cannot be coupled consecutively. ➆ ull width attachment on outside only. ➉ oles are square. imensions (Inches) and Weights Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 38
39 NOS MNS 39
40 LINK-L MNS 1 2 igure 1 MNS IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Rex ➁ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 1 RS 60 ➀ / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / igure 1 RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ 2.20Æ on outside sidebar, 1.78" on inside sidebar. ➁ ll holes round and straight. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 40
41 LINK-L MNS 2 igure IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➁ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 2 igure 2 RS / SS / SS / SS / RS / SS / RS 953➀ / SS / SS / SS / RS / RS / RS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ Sidebars have.76" holes located on pitch-line midway between chain joints. ➁ ll holes round and straight. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 41
42 LINK-L MNS igure 1 42 igure 2 MNS IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Rex ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 22 SS / igure 1 RS / RS / RS / RS 2284 Plus / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / igure 2 RO / RO / RO 2284 Plus / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 42
43 LINK-L MNS K R7 M5, M IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. R7 RS / M5➃ SS M55➄ SS SS SS SS SS SS ➁ RS RS Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. ➁ ttachment threaded.88" back from end. hreads are 3/4-10 N2. ➃ orged attachment sidebar on one side has slotted hole. Plain steel sidebar on opposite side. ➄ Steel slotted sidebars on both sides. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 43
44 LINK-L MNS 6 7 J K N 29 2 IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 6 RS SS SS SO / SS / SS / SS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 44
45 LINK-L MNS IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 6 RS / SS / SS /2.53➁ SS / SS / SS /2.53➁ SS / SS / SS /2.53➁ RS /4.78➂ RS / RS / SS / RS / SS / SS / RS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. ➁ ountersunk head for inside sidebar. ➂ ountersunk head for inside and outside sidebars. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 45
46 LINK-L MNS 100 K1 IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. 100 RS / RS / RS / K1 RS / RS / RS / RS 944 Plus / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / SS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 46
47 LINK-L MNS K2 igure 1 IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K2 igure 1 RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / RS / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 47
48 LINK-L MNS K2 igure 2 K2 igure 3 5º K2 igure 4 K2 igure 5 MNS IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K2 igure 2 RS / SS / SS / SS / RS / SS / SS / K2 igure 3 SS / K2 igure 4 SS / K2 igure 5 SS / SS / SS / SS / SS 150 Plus / SS / SX / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 48
49 LINK-L MNS J SX150 Plus K3 SX 856 J K6 K24 K35 K K J K J K J J IMNSION L K44 imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt ➀ J K Wgt. hain No. olt ia. olt ole Lbs./t. K3 SS 150 Plus / SX / K6 SX / K24 SX / K35 SX / K44➂ SX / SX / K443➂ SX / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ll attachments are through hardened. ➀ ll holes round and straight. ➂ annot be coupled consecutively. K443 MNS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 49
50 RIV INS NINR SL RIV INS RIV INS esigned to give you superior performance, even under the most punishing conditions Rugged, all-steel Rex and Link-elt drive chains are built to perform at levels other drive chains can t match. Rexnord began manufacturing drive chain in the late 1800 s and has been a leader in drive chain innovation since. oday s chains are a product of over a century of improved product design, testing and application experience. No one else in the industry comes close to our level of expertise. More built-in features for your money ngineered interference fit construction designed to increase chain fatigue life and wear life. State-of-the-art heat treatment of all chain components to assure longer chain life. Rexnord has developed most of its own heat treating equipment in-house for better control and to precisely fit the heat treat needs of drive chain pins and bushings. Pins, bushings and rollers are manufactured to exact tolerances. Sidebars and sidebar holes are punched using the latest punch press technology to give superior fit and finish. Selectively Induction ardened (SI) pins, available in many of our drive chains, afford you unmatched toughness and wear resistance. Ideal for tough, shock loaded applications. Stocked in the largest network of warehouses in the industry. ll backed up with extensive engineering and sales support. Smooth and precise, yet rugged. Our drive chains are able to handle applications from 1 to 300 plus horsepower. 50
51 RIV INS Wear life is directly affected by the hardness and case depth of the wearing components Pins hardened by Rexnord s advanced induction hardening process feature extremely hard wear surfaces and deep case depths as shown above. Selectively Induction ardened pins (the pin with the crescent-shaped hardened area) are heat treated only on the portion of the pin that experiences wear. he balance of the pin is left in a tough state to withstand shock loading. hain rollers, sidebars and bushings are all heat treated for wear resistance and strength. Ideal replacement for gearing, multiple strand roller chain, and belt drives Requires less precision and expense than gearing center distances are more flexible and adjustable. single strand of Rex or Link-elt drive chain can frequently replace multiple strand roller chain drives, thus simplifying maintenance. nd unlike multiple strand chains, our drive chains run on simple flamecut sprockets. asily adjustable. he offset link design allows one link at a time to be taken out or inserted. No special connector links are required. RIV INS Lower overhung loads than belt drives due to the elimination of pre-tensioning. Rexnord chains run best on Rexnord sprockets lthough our drive chains may be run on commonly available flame cut sprockets, they give better long term performance when matched with our sprockets. Our sprockets are flame cut and induction hardened to give hard, deep case depths. Most competitive sprockets have only a fraction of the case depth. Once the case depth is worn through, sprocket wear is rapid and chain interaction is affected, thus causing greater chain stress. I pins (right and bottom) offer very hard and deep case depths around the full circumference of the pin. SI pins (upper left) are hardened only on the load bearing surface so shock can be better absorbed by the back of the pin. Proprietary induction hardening process gives every heat treated sprocket superior case depths and hardness. 51
52 RIV INS RIV INS 3100 SRIS RIV INS Longer life and durability than their NSI roller chain equivalents he 3100 Series drive chains are designed with all the features of our standard drive chains. ut, unlike the others, they operate on standard NSI roller chain sprockets. hey may also be used to replace NSI roller chains of the same pitch. he 3100 Series chains handle the misalignment and contamination found in industrial applications better than roller chain. Sealed Joint rive hains Rexnord has had excellent success with its line of sealed joint elevator chains and is now using that technology to create sealed joint drive chains. Sealed joint drive chains are a new innovation. Please contact Rexnord to determine if this product is right for your application and if the chain you want is available. actory installed grease is trapped in the joint to reduce break-in wear and provide constant lubrication during the life of the seal. ontaminants are sealed out to eliminate their abrasive or corrosive effects. Rexnord engineers have developed a proprietary method of sealing both the roller and bushing area of straight sidebar chains. Keeps factory lubrication in and contamination out! Patent pending. 52
53 RIV INS RIVMSR SSMLY OOL he quick and safe way to assemble and disassemble Rex or Link-elt drive chain asily assemble and disassemble our drive chains with this portable tool. n optimum amount of interference fit has been used to assemble this chain at the factory rivemaster allows you to maintain this optimum press fit in the field. Specify the chain or chains to be assembled and disassembled. RIV INS ach rivemaster comes with one adapter set to accept the chain or chains you specify when ordering the unit. ifferent chains require different adapter sets. rivemaster can accept many other Rexnord chains such as welded steel and general engineered class chains. gain, specify the type of chains you anticipate working with. asy-to-use rivemaster assembly tool reduces down-time, maintains interference fit and eliminates cumbersome assembly/disassembly methods. pplication ssistance and Wear nalysis Rexnord engineers are always available for drive chain selection and application consultation. Rexnord also provides drive chain wear and failure analysis. his service is designed to help you get the most out of your Rex or Link-elt drive chains. irection of ravel RMMR IRION O RVL! he general rule for direction of chain travel for offset drive chains is as follows: the narrow or roller end of the link in the tight side strand should always face the smaller sprocket, regardless of whether this is a driver or driven. 53
54 RX N LINK-L RIV INS Properties R I SI hrough-ardened arburized ircumferentially Induction ardened Selectively Induction ardened K RIV INS PI OS rive hain Specifications Rex hain No. Link-elt hain No. verage Rated Minimum ➀ushing ➁Sidebar ➂Roller Overall Pin etween verage Working Ultimate Sprocket➆ Pitch Width iameter- iameter Sidebars Weight Load➄ Strength Length hickness eight Unit Property No. In. Lb. Lb.x10 3 K Lb./t. Offset Sidebar rive hains R362 RO , R R432 RO622* , R , RO3160S , R506 RO770* , R R514 RO , SI , R RO578* , R R778 RO , R R588 RO , R , R X1568 RO , SI RO , R R1033 RO , SI R1035 RO , SI R1037 RO40 yper , SI hamp , SI R , SI R RO3125 yper , SI RO yper , RX238 RO , SI X , SI X1338 R , SI R , SI RO , SI , SI R1248 RO , SI RX1245 RO , SI X , SI X1343 *Made to order. ➀ ll bushings are carburized except for RO1315, RO1355, RO1356, ROS1306, & RX95506, which are through-hardened. ➁ ll sidebars are through-hardened except for R506, 578, 1030, ➂ ll rollers are through-hardened. ➄ Use pages for drive chain selection procedures using selection tables. or alternate selection method using rated working load, see page 153. ➆ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. 54 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
55 RX N LINK-L RIV INS K K PI SRI PI SL JOIN RIV INS rive hain Specifications Rex hain No. Link-elt hain No. verage Rated Minimum ➀ushing ➁Sidebar ➂Roller Overall Pin etween verage Working Ultimate Sprocket➆ Pitch Width iameter- iameter Sidebars Weight Load➄ Strength Length hickness eight Unit Property No. In. Lb. Lb.x10 3 K Lb./t. Offset Sidebar rive hains X , X1345 X , SI X1351 RO635 RO , I , RO , I RX1207 RO , SI RO1315 RO , I RO1315 RO , I RO1355 RO1356 RO , I RO RO , RO1306/ RO4824/ ROS1306➅ RO , I RX , SI X1311 RO , SI X1311 X , SI Straight Sidebar rive hains 6425R , I X345 RS3017* , SI X345 X , ➃ SI X1353 X , SI X RO7080* , Series Offset Sidebar hains 3120M RO , NSI # M RO , NSI # M RO , NSI # , I NSI #180 Sealed Joint rive hains SJLR , SI SJLR , SI *Made to order. ➀ ll bushings are carburized except for RO1315, RO1355, RO1356, ROS1306, & RX95506, which are through-hardened. ➁ ll sidebars are through-hardened except for R506, 578, 1030, ➂ ll rollers are through-hardened. ➃ Inner sidebars ➄ Use pages for drive chain selection procedures using selection tables. or alternate selection method using rated working load, see page 153. ➅ or track crawler drives with heavy shock loads, select ROS 1306 ➆ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 55
56 RX WL SL INS Industry s igh Performance Welded Steel hains Rex Welded Steel chains are the material handling industry s choice for the most demanding applications. Our customers know that Rex chains provide superior strength and durability for extended wear life and trouble free service. Rexnord orporation, manufacturers of Rex chain for over 100 years, is the leader in the chain industry. Our years of experience provide unique expertise in material selection, heat treatment, and chain design for improved chain strength and long wear life. What this means to you is superior value and greater productivity. WL SL INS he Rex Welded Steel Story lot goes into a Rex chain that is not visible on the surface. he precision of a diameter or the case depth of an induction hardened part can only be realized after an in-depth analysis. Rexnord regularly tests Rex and competitive chains and it is clear, all welded chains are not created equally. What follows is the story of how we make Rex welded steel chains to be the best anywhere in the world! Maximizing hain Wear Life hrough Superior eat reatments hain wear life is directly affected by the hardness of the wearing components. Quite simply, the harder the parts, the longer the wear life. Rexnord s heat treatment technology exceeds that of other chain manufacturers. omputer controlled furnaces, and Rexnord designed induction heat treating equipment, produce chain components with the industry s hardest possible wearing surfaces and yet still provide the necessary toughness to resist shock loads. In addition, unique Rexnord process controls provide chains with consistent wear life. his allows users to predict the wear life of their chains, allowing for chain replacement as part of their preventative maintenance programs. In the end, superior chain eliminates costly and unexpected down time. ll Rex welded steel chains come standard with premium heat treatments. he photo (top right) shows a cross section of a Selectively Induction ardened (SI) chain pin. his exclusive Rexnord cross section of a selectively induction hardened WX pin the crescent area is super-hardened to dramatically lengthen pin wear life. he balance of the pin material is left in the through-hardened condition to give the pin excellent toughness. process involves super hardening only the portion of the chain rivet that wears as the chain articulates over the sprockets. he remainder of the rivet is held at thru-hardening levels to assure chain toughness and resistance to breakage. his treatment is standard on WX Narrow Mill chains. Other manufacturers of welded chain compromise their design, either sacrificing component hardness or resistance to overloads. Rex Wide Mill heat treated chains (W) come standard with through-hardened rivets, sidebars and barrels. Other manufactures short-change wear life by not hardening the barrels significantly reducing chain wear life. Only Rex Wide Mill chains have through-hardened barrels! he table below illustrates the importance of superior heat treatment. y using the table, one can predict the increase in wear life by upgrading the heat treatment. s an example, increasing hardness from 35R to 60R could provide up to double the chain life! Importance of eat reatment eat Not hru- Induction reatment ardened ardened ardened ardness R (typ) Relative Wear Life* *ry operating conditions 56
57 RX WL SL INS Maximizing hain Wear Life (ont d.) he Rexnord story continues with a variety of heat treating options to further extend wear life and increase your plant s productivity. he graphic below represents a chain link with Selectively Induction ardened (SI) sidebars. his process can be applied to chain links to greatly improve sliding wear. If you regularly replace chains due to sidebar wear, you should select SI sidebars. his is a very cost effective way to increase your chain life. Selectively Induction ardened Sliding Surfaces nother key factor in providing maximum chain strength is proper welding, stress relieving, and heat treatment. Improper controls and processes can lead to failures around the weld either from improper weld penetration or by causing high hardness zones that result in brittle failures. Rexnord uses the latest technology in process and quality controls to assure proper weldments. Rex welded links are regularly tested during each manufacturing lot to assure our process is in control, producing high quality welds. he photo below shows a welded steel link that has been destructively tested to assure the strength and penetration of the weld. s demonstrated in the photo, the chain material failed first, not the weld. his demonstrates a high quality weld. Selectively Induction ardened sidebars can be ordered to give greater resistance to abrasive sliding wear, thus providing greater sidebar life. o extend wear life in especially corrosive applications, Rex welded steel chains can be provided with a variety of plating options or with stainless steel components. ontact Rexnord for application assistance. Let us put 100 years of experience to work for you! WL SL INS Maximizing hain Strength key factor leading to the durability of Rex welded steel chains is superior fatigue strength. Rex Narrow Series welded steel chains have tightly controlled, interference fits between the pin and chain sidebar hole. his interference fit creates a beneficial residual stress in the sidebar to greatly increase the fatigue life of the chain. he chains have a stepped (3 diameter) pin to ease assembly and protect the integrity of the interference fit. ompetitive chains with poorly controlled interference fits (or with clearance fits!) have much lower fatigue strength. Low fatigue strength chains are subject to unexpected chain failures after a chain sees many cycles of loading. Rexnord s quality assurance program requires welded steel links to be tested for weld strength and penetration. Maximizing Plant Productivity Rexnord orporation brings many years of application and design experience with it to your plant in the form of chain, bearings and other fine power transmission components. Our sales people and application engineers are eager to work with your organization to maximize the productivity of your plant. Please call us for any assistance we might offer. We look forward to working with you. 57
58 RX WL SL INS NRROW SRIS WR, W, WX and WSX WR chains have only through hardened rivets. W chains have all parts through hardened. WX chains have through hardened parts and selectively induction hardened rivets as standard. WSX chains have all stainless steel construction. Sidebars are 300 series; pins and barrels are precipitation hardened stainless. Riveted construction is standard. Pin and cottered construction can be furnished on a made-to-order basis. IRION O RVL OR RIVS WL SL INS OR ONVYORS I IN PI IN PI IRION O RVL I W78 W130/138 IN PI IN PI
59 RX WL SL INS NRROW SRIS Sidebars Pin arrel Rex verage hain Pitch Number I Minimum Rated verage Sprocket Ultimate Working Weight Number Strength Load per t. ➀ W260➁ ,000 2, WR ,000 3, W ,500 3, W ,500 3, W ,500 4, W ,000 6, W ,000 3, W130/ ,000 3, WX ,500 7, WX ,000 9, WSX onsult Rexnord WX ,500 8, W720S ,000 5,700 6 S720S WX ,500 7, WX106S ,000 9, WX106X onsult Rexnord W ,500 7, WX ,000 15, WSX onsult Rexnord WX ,000 15, WX ,000 17, WX ,000 18, WX ,000 20, WX ,000 20, WX ,000 20, WX ,000 20, ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. ➁ dditional joint clearances for coal applications. imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. WL SL INS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 59
60 RX WL SL INS WI SRIS W, W Rex Wide Series chains are furnished standard with heat-treated rivets only (W Series) or all components heat-treated (W Series). W Series chains are intended for use in applications where joint wear, barrel O wear, and sidebar wear are a problem. W Series have through-hardened rivets. W Series have all parts through-hardened. Riveted construction is standard. Pin and cottered construction can be furnished on a made-to-order basis. Lube holes drilled into barrels is an MO option. Induction hardened pins are an MO option. alvanized pins are an MO option. Rexnord has found that some competitive wide mill drag chains use a low carbon steel for their barrels. low carbon steel will not respond to heat treatment even though it may be put in a furnace and attempted to be heat treated. Rex Welded Steel chains use medium carbon steel barrels that respond very well to heat treatment and provide twice the wear resistance of these low carbon barrels. arder components, longer life! IN PI IRION O RVL WL SL INS Rex Wide Series hains are specially designed for loads and operating conditions imposed by drag conveyor service. s with our Narrow Series, many material and configuration options are available. Minimum Ultimate Rated Working hain Number Sidebars Pin arrel verage Strength Load verage Sprocket Weight Number W W Pitch W W W W per t. Series Series Series Series Series Series ➀ W102 W ,300 55,000 8,500 10, W104 W ,300 55,000 8,500 10, W110 W ,300 55,000 8,500 10, W113 W ,000 57,000 9,300 11, W120 W ,000 79,000 12,300 15, W112 W ,300 55,000 8,500 10, W116 W ,000 59,000 10,700 11, W118 W ,000 79,000 12,300 15, W118➁ W480 W ,000 79,000 12,300 15, W ,000 20, W ,000 20, NW NW ➀ ast or fabricated steel sprockets may be used except as noted. ➁ vailable as a fabricated steel sprocket only. imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. 60 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
61 RX WL SL INS NW! RVRS RRL WI MILL R INS simple and effective solution for an old problem. he Problem: Since their introduction, wide mill welded steel chains were designed to run narrow or closed end forward. his is the direction of travel that the chains on the preceding page run. Running in this direction, an offset sidebar chain will experience scrubbing between the outside of the chain s barrel and the drive sprocket s tooth see igure 1. On shorter conveyors, where the chain contacts the sprocket very frequently, this scrubbing can cause rapid wear of both the chain and sprocket. his scrubbing may not cause as much chain wear on longer conveyors but it will still cause sprocket wear. he Solution: Rexnord engineers realized that if they reversed the barrel of the chain so it could run in the opposite direction, wide or open end forward, the scrubbing action could be eliminated. Instead of the articulation occurring between the outside of the chain barrel and the sprocket tooth it occurs inside the chain joint between the pin and the barrel see igure 2. his arrangement is preferable since both the pin and the barrel of the wide mill chains are heat treated to withstand this type of wear. ow do I Know if I Need Reverse arrel hain? Inspect your current chain and sprockets. If your chain barrels are worn excessively on the outside, where they contact the sprocket, you can reduce that wear by using this chain design. Likewise, excessive sprocket tooth wear caused by barrel scrubbing can be reduced by using this chain design. nd the best part is this chain doesn t cost any more than standard chain! rticulation is etween hain arrel and Sprocket ooth IRION O RVL igure 1 igure 2 rticulation is etween Pin and arrel IN PI WL SL INS Sidebars Pin arrel Minimum Rated verage hain verage Ultimate Working Weight per Sprocket Number Pitch Strength Load t. Number W ,000 10, W ,000 11, W ,000 15, Other chains available on a made-to-order basis. ontact Rexnord. imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 61
62 RX WL SL INS VY UY WL SL R INS Rex eavy uty drag chains are ideal for conditions where severe abrasion and heat exist. hey offer these important features and benefits: ardface welding on both of the chain s sliding surfaces is standard. typical weld hardness of 60 R and a heavy weld bead give this chain excellent sliding wear resistance in cold and hot clinker applications. Interference fits between the pin and chain sidebar dramatically improves chain strength and joint wear life over that of a cast drag chain. In addition, no loose pins to move around in the chain joint. n induction hardened pin affords the best of two worlds a 60 R typical hardened case and impact resistant material in the core of the pin. he result is longer service life and good resistance to shock loads. Square edges on the wing and sidebar of welded drag chain convey more efficiently than rounded cast chain edges. hey also move a deeper bed of material with each revolution of the chain. eat treated and fabricated steel components eliminate the failures that cast chains experience from casting porosity and inclusions. WL SL INS IN PI IRION O RVL WX rag hains offer solutions to wear and breakage problems common with cast chains. abricated steel construction with heat treated pins, barrels, face plates, wings, and sidebars provide added protection not found in cast chain designs. hain Number verage Pitch Sidebars Pin arrel Minimum Rated eat eat Ultimate Working reat reat Strength Load Sprocket Number WX to 14 inches SI ,000 18, ➀ 2 inch increments WX to 26 inches I ,000 24, ➀ 2 inch increments WX5121* to 30 inches I ,000 27, ➀ 2 inch increments WX to 30 inches I ,000 27, ➀ 2 inch increments *WX5121 is dimensionally the same as WX6121 except it runs closed end forward. ➀ Octagonal tail wheels are available. he octagonal design reduces the scrubbing which reduces traditional tail sprocket life. See page 110. : hrough-hardened SI: Selectively Induction ardened after through-hardening I: ircumferentially Induction ardened after through-hardening imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. 62 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
63 WL SL INS WLIN INSRUIONS 1 Surfaces to be welded should be clean and free of foreign material. It is not necessary to remove the pre-lubricant before welding, however, proper ventilation is mandatory. 2 Weld strength should be sufficiently high to cause failure of the parent metal and not of the weld itself. 3 Welds should be free of cracks, undercutting, slag, inclusions, and excessive porosity. raters due to stop welding should be located away from corners and edges; most craters contain slight cracks which can initiate failures at high stress areas. 4 5 Weld beads should be free of pinholes, have uniformly fine surface ripples, and have little or no indication of where a new piece of filler metal was started. Weld edges should indicate complete fusion without overlap or undercut. WL SL INS 6 Welds should be clean, free of spatter, slag, excessive oxides, and arc scars. 7 rcs should be struck on attachments, not on the sidebars. rc scars on sidebars can produce early chain failure. UION No welding should be performed on or immediately adjacent to an induction hardened or carburized part. Welding to an induction hardened part can produce tempering and softening of this hard surface. Welding attachments to the carbon rich surface of a carburized part will result in brittle welds and possible cracking. 63
64 WL SL INS 8 onvex shaped weld beads are preferred. onvex fillet welds are strong and less subject to cracking than concave forms. 9 lectrode selection is very important. n electrode that has been successfully used is 7018 (70,000 psi tensile strength, low hydrogen). his rod is for all position use, or. ood welding practice dictates that electrodes be stored in a dry atmosphere or baked prior to use. Specific electrode manufacturer recommendations should be closely followed. WL SL INS 10 Preheating eat applied to the weld heat affected zone is always beneficial. hese processes, while not generally required for small attachments, are recommended for large or heavily loaded attachments such as Styles & log cradles. No welding should be performed on parts below 70. Preheating is usually done by use of a neutral flame to heat the parts prior to or after welding. WL L Preheating and postheating may be required see (10). WL L ZON Preheat: Performed to reduce possibility of weld cracking both surface and subsurface. Parts to be welded link and attachment should be heated uniformly to ack welds should never be used in areas that will not be welded in the finished product. 64
65 RX WL SL INS ttachments 1 LUS W/. ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 1 W / W / & 25(1) LUS W/. ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 2 & 25 (1) W / W / WX / WX / WX / WX132(1) / WX / WX / WX / WX / K OR LX IS POIN LUS W/. ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 22 W / ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. WL SL INS 2 W / LUS W/. ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 4 W * / W * / WX * / Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. ➀ ll holes round and straight. (1) 25 attachment is for WX132. *1 is 4.50 for W78, 5.00 for W82 and 5.25 for WX124. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 65
66 RX WL SL INS ttachments 26, 28 ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 26 W720S / W720S / ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. 1 W W ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. WL SL INS K1 2 W W ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. K1 W / W / ➀ verage hain Weight Number olt ia. olt ole per t. K2 & K25(1) LUS W/. K2 & K25(1) W / W / W / WX / WX / WX / WX132(1) / WX / WX / WX / WX / Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. ➀ ll holes round and straight. (1) K25 attachment is for WX132. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 66
67 RX WL SL INS ttachments M olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. M WX WX WX R1, R1-1/2, RR R2, RR2 (R1 & R 1 1 / 2 ) (RR) (R2) (RR2) olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. R1 W W WX R1-1/2 W RR W W WX WX olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. R2 W W WX RR2 W W WX WL SL INS R2 olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. R2 W WX WX Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 67
68 RX WL SL INS ttachments R121 olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. R121 WX WX WX WX WX S1 olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. S1 WX WX WX WX WX WL SL INS WIN olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. WIN W W WX WX WX W SYL olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. SYL RL WX WX WX WX WX Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 68
69 RX WL SL INS ttachments SYL olt iameter verage hain Required Weight Number per t. SYL RL WX WX WX WX WX , 3, 4 L K hain Number K L verage Weight per t. 1 WI SRIS W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W WI SRIS W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W WI SRIS W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W WL SL INS Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 69
70 RX WL SL INS ttachments RR verage hain Number Wgt. per t. RR WI SRIS W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W W W W WL SL INS WIN (Wide) hain Number verage Wgt. per t. WIN WI SRIS W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W & W W W W W Shaded chains and attachments are more readily available. imensions and weights are inches and pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 70
71 NOS WL SL INS 71
72 RX N LINK-L S INS Rex and Link-elt ast hains provide an alternative to welded steel or fabricated steel chains in applications where severe corrosion or heat is a problem. Since cast chains are one solid piece, they expand and contract as one, thus making them well suited for oven or furnace applications. hey are also suitable for intermittent use applications where environmental corrosion is a factor. he mass of a cast design withstands corrosion and abrasion very well. ll Rex and Link-elt ast and ast ombination chains are 100% inspected and proof tested to ensure that no poorly molded links leave the factory. L he chain that started Rexnord orporation. his type of chain provides an inexpensive option for low load/low speed conveyor drive arrangements. ttachments are available for a broad range of conveyor requirements. PI OR RIVS IRION O RVL OR ONVYORS hain Numbers 32 through 62 PI hain Numbers 77 and 103 S INS ook Recommended Sidebar Pin lange to Rated verage Sprocket hain verage Max. RPM enterline Working Weight for 12 Number Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket ➀ , ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. See pages for attachment listings. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 72
73 RX N LINK-L S INS MILL NRROW SRIS Narrow Series Mill hains are used primarily for drag conveyor service in the forest products industry, but are also used in many other applications where a sliding chain is required. he closed joint construction permits operation in a moderately dusty or abrasive atmosphere. IRION O RVL OR RIVS OR ONVYORS PI urnished pin and cotter as standard. arrel Recommended Rated verage Sprocket hain verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight for 12 Number Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket , , , , ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. 2 vailable as a fabricated sprocket only. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. See pages for attachment listings. R INS rag hains are suited for handling abrasive bulk materials such as cement clinker, coal ashes and similar materials. eads on links act as pushers for conveying material and broad wearing shoes are designed to prolong the life of the chain and the trough. PI IRION O RVL Manufactured in through hardened cast steel. urnished pin and cotter as standard. RX R IN Rex hain Number verage Pitch Sidebar Pin Recommended Rated verage Sprocket Max. RPM Working Weight Number for 12 Load per t. Sprocket , , , , ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. S INS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 73
74 RX N LINK-L S INS R INS (ont d.) S SRIS vailable only in cottered construction. PI LINK-L S SRIS R IN Link-elt hain Number verage Pitch Sidebar Pin Recommended Rated verage Sprocket Max. RPM Working Weight Number for 12 Load per t. Sprocket 1 S , S17 S , S28 S , S29 S , S27 S , S19 S , S21 S , S23 Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. SRIS vailable in riveted or cottered construction. Riveted construction shown and furnished unless otherwise specified. PI S INS LINK-L SRIS R IN Link-elt hain Number verage Pitch Sidebar Pin Recommended Rated verage Sprocket Max. RPM Working Weight Number for 12 Load per t. Sprocket , , , , , , , , Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. WIN MN verage hain Weight Number per t Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 74
75 RX N LINK-L S INS PINL Pintle hains are ideal for oven and furnace conveying operations. hey are also suitable for a variety of low speed drive applications. he closed pin joint construction permits operation in a moderately dusty or abrasive atmosphere. IRION O RVL OR RIVS OR ONVYORS PI RX PINL INS 400/900 SRIS N 700 SRIS Rex hain Number urnished pin and cotter as standard. arrel Recommended Rated verage Sprocket verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight for 12 Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket , , , , , , , S 720S , S , S720S , S720S S , S730 LINK-L PINL INS 700 SRIS Link-elt hain Number arrel Recommended Rated verage Sprocket verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight for 12 Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket , , , S 720S , S 720S , S720S , S , S730 ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. See pages for attachment listings. S INS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 75
76 LINK-L S INS 900 SRIS PINL INS 900 Pintle hains, often called intermediate carrier chains, are widely used in the sugar industry. Multiple strands, fitted with overlapping, beaded slats, form a continuous apron conveyor for intermediate carrier service. he renewable bushings provide a hard, durable pin-bearing surface and permit high working loads. Links have outboard driving lugs for operation on double sprockets. his method of engagement prevents the jamming of cane in the link pockets. ll links have generous sliding surfaces to resist wear. Wear shoes at the open end of the link support the chain and lessen the weight on the pin, thereby reducing joint wear. eavy cross-sections, formed by the wear shoes and reinforcing ribs, strengthen the links. Slots cast in the lugs protect the pin ends and prevent pin rotation. Links are available in cast material and stainless steel. Pins and bushings are available in case-hardened steel or stainless steel. ushings of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UMW-P) are also available. hains with cast links and stainless steel pins and bushings are normally recommended. or greater corrosion resistance all stainless steel chains are preferred. arrel fitted with renewable bushings Wearing shoes prevent tilting, lessen weight on pin, reduce joint wear enerous sliding surfaces assure long chain life op View ottom View Pins securely locked to prevent rotation S INS LINK-L 900 SRIS PINL INS Link-elt verage Rated verage Sprocket hain Pitch, Working Weight Unit ttachments Number Inches Load (Lbs.) Lbs./t. No. vailable , , 42, 43, , , 42, 43, , Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 76
77 S INS S INS LINK-L ttachments P P M P P RVL RVL R R PI PI 41, 42, 51 ttachments 43, 44 ttachments IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Link-elt Wgt. hain No. M P R Lbs./t ➀ ➀ Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ➀ Slats may be assembled with laps leading or trailing. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 77
78 RX N LINK-L S INS RNSR hese chains are very popular on lumber sorting tables or anywhere a variety of flat products are sorted. hey are made in two general types Roller-op and Roof-op. Roller-op hain is used primarily in parallel strands on sorting tables. Roof-op hain is used chiefly in multiple strands on transfer conveyors. Rex 130R Link-elt 130 and 131 ROO-OP 3 IRION O O RVL ROLLR-OP PI PI urnished pin and cotter as standard. Rex 138R and 78R Link-elt 138 IN PI IN PI IN PI IN PI 1.69 IRION O RVL 1.69 IRION O RVL urnished pin and cotter as standard. RX RNSR INS ROLLR-OP N ROO-OP Rex arrel Recommended Rated verage Sprocket hain verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight for 12 Number Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket 1 Roller-op 78SR , PR , Roof-op 78R , R , R , LINK-L RNSR INS ROLLR-OP N ROO-OP Link-elt arrel Recommended Rated verage Sprocket hain verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight for 12 Number Number Pitch Load per t. Sprocket 1 Roller-op , Roof-op , , , S INS ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 78
79 RX N LINK-L S INS OMINION ombination hains are used extensively for conveyor applications. ecause the chain joints are well protected and have generous pin bearing surfaces, they are widely used for handling stone, gravel and similar materials. hey are also used for drag conveyor applications because the large link surfaces provide long wear life. Offset oupler Link can be furnished for Rex 188, 131 and 111 hains, and all Link-elt hains except 102-1/2. PI PI RX N LINK-L SNR SRIS urnished pin and cotter as standard. RX N LINK-L SNR SRIS S OMINION INS Recommended Rex Link-elt arrel Rated verage Sprocket verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM hain hain iameter Working Weight Number Pitch for 12 Number Number Load per t. 1 Sprocket , , , , , / / , / , R , , X , ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. See pages for attachment listings. S INS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 79
80 RX N LINK-L S INS OMINION INS (ont d.) PI RX WS SRIS S OMINION INS Rex hain Number RX WS SRIS urnished pin and cotter as standard. arrel Rated verage Recommended Sprocket verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight Pitch for 12 Number Load per t. Sprocket 1 X132WS , Z132WS , ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. 2 Induction heat treated sidebars. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. PI PI PI PI PI PI PI 124W 132W1 111W2, 132W2 vailable in riveted or cottered construction. ottered construction shown. Riveted construction furnished unless otherwise specified. S INS LINK-L W SRIS S OMINION INS Link-elt hain Number arrel Rated verage Recommended Sprocket verage Sidebar Pin Max. RPM iameter Working Weight Pitch for 12 Number Load per t. 1 Sprocket W , W , W , W , ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. 2 Round barrel. ll other chains have an elliptical barrel. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. See page 88 for attachment listings. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 80
81 LINK-L S INS SM OMINION INS SM combination chains are designed primarily for high temperature applications and are extensively used for conveying steel sheets or bars through normalizing and heat-treating furnaces. he chains usually operate in channels under the floor and are thus protected from full exposure to furnace heat. he conveyed material is pushed through the furnace by fingers attached to the center links of the chain. he center links and sidebars are well proportioned for strength and rigidity. Sidebars are cast with bosses which fit into sockets in the center links. his design interlocks the center links and sidebars and relieves the pin from handling the entire working load placed on the chain. Steel pins are heat-treated. hey are free to float in the chain joint. his permits pin rotation, thus exposing the entire pin circumference to wear. It also helps correct pin bending that might occur as a result of high temperatures. he pins extend on each side of the chain to provide a mounting for outboard rollers. Rollers rotate freely on case-hardened steel bushings and are held in place by cast washers. learances between all moving parts are carefully controlled by machining, to prevent binding during operation at high temperatures. Sidebars and center links are cast. osses on sidebars fit sockets in center links to reduce stress on pins. Rollers rotate freely on hardened steel bushings. ll moving parts machined to provide adequate clearances and to assure free articulation at high temperatures. ree-floating steel pins are heat-treated. Rotation helps correct bending at high temperatures and distributes wear over entire pin surface. PI PI 2.88" 1.31".63" Link-elt Rated verage Sprocket verage hain Working Weight Number Pitch Number K P R Load per t. ➀ SML ontact 24 SML618 SML Rexnord 31 SML628 ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. 2 hain with plain center link (no attachment) also available. imensions are in inches. Loads and weights are in pounds. K R P.63" 1.63" 2.75".75".44" OLS.69".50" S INS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 81
82 S INS RX ttachments hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / / (RI) hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / hain Number ➀ olt ia.. olt ole 22 (Steel) / N 42 hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / / hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / N 42 SL hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / N 474 hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole S / / S INS imensions are in inches. Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole, round. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 82
83 S INS RX ttachments 3 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole 4 78 ➈ /8 ➂ hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole M S / / M116 5 (RI) hain Number ➄ hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole / ➉ / S➅➇ / ➆ / / / / / / imensions are in inches. 2 Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole, round. ➂ Style of hole, square. ➄ Requires at least one plain link interspersed between attachments. Others, not marked, can be coupled together consecutively, if desired. ➅ No s. 720S- and 720S-2 have 2 additional holes 1.94 inches apart and 1.31 inches above first line of holes. ttachments face toward open end of link. ➆ No has 2 additional holes 2 inches apart and 1.31 inches above first line of holes. ttachment faces toward open end of link. ➇ ttachment face for these chains has cloverleaf outline instead of rectangular. ➈ urnished cottered only at attachment links. ➉ No attachment extends across the space between side bars (as indicated) by construction lines. Slats mounted directly on side bars may have to be notched for sprocket tooth clearance. 12 lock link only; not made for steel side bar. S INS 2 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 83
84 S INS RX ttachments hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole S / / S720S / & 28 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole S / / S720S / S / & 30 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole / hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole / hain ➀ Number olt ia.. olt ole / hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole / / S INS hain Number imensions are in inches. Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole, round. 12 lock link only; not made for steel side bar. 2 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 84
85 S INS RX ttachments K1 hain Number olt ia. olt ole K /16.22 ➁ ➃ /16.22 ➁ /8.41 ➂ /8.41➀ /8.41➀ /16.22 ➁ /4.28 ➁ /4.28➀ /4.28 ➂ /16.34➀ /8.41 ➂ K1 K2 K1 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole K / / / / / /8.44 ➂ / / / / hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole K / K2 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole M1 720S / / M1 hain Number S1 (Steel) imensions are in inches. Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole, round. ➁ Style of hole, round countersunk. ➂ Style of hole, square. ➃ lock link only; not made for steel sidebar. 13 S1 attachment both sides as shown; can be furnished one side only. (R.. attachment has round pin hole at leading edge, L.. has slot hole.) S INS ( ) S1 R.. ttachment ar Side L.. ttachment Near Side Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 85
86 S INS LINK-L ttachments hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole 22 (igure 1) / (figure 1) hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole 22 (igure 2) / hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole / (igure 2) OL- 42 K hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole 2 (igure 3) / / / / (Special) / / / (igure 3) hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole 2 (igure 4) / S / S / / S INS M N 2, (igure 4) hain Number 3 hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole N M 8 OLS / imensions are in inches. P Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. R Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole: round. 8 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. ➀ olt ia. olt ole 3 720S / S / / S /
87 S INS LINK-L ttachments hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole S / S / S / and hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole S / S / S / ➁ hain ➀ Number olt ia. olt ole 6➁ 102-1/ / / / hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole / / / hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole K / / / ➂ / S INS K1 imensions are in inches. Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole: round. ➁ Right-hand attachment shown. Left-hand also available. ➂Steel sidebar. enterlink attachment is.25". Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 87
88 S INS LINK-L ttachments K2, K3 M R hain Number hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole K / / ➀ olt ia. olt ole K / ➂ / ➁ / ➃ / ➃ / / / / K2 N R hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole M / S / S / / S / M1 Z hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole M1 with 6" Pivoted light 720S / S / / S / M1 with Pivoted light hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole R S INS R12 hain Number ➀ olt ia. olt ole S / W W W S1 imensions are in inches. Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: Links with attachments on only one side are made right- and left-hand. ➀ Style of hole: round. ➁ Steel sidebar. enterlink attachment is.25". ➂ Steel sidebar. enterlink attachment is.22". ➃ Steel sidebar. enterlink attachment is.31". Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 88
89 RX N LINK-L ROP OR INS reat strength and relatively light weight combine to make Rex rop orged hains ideal for use with trolley, scraper flight and assembly conveyors. he simple construction of this type chain make it easy to assemble and disassemble without tools. ll forged construction, with through hardened links and pins assures a long life. S Series hain features a through-hardened forged block link, induction hardened steel outer sidebars and J Y PI S J Y PI S induction hardened staked rivets for greater wear resistance, higher system tensions, and positive rivet retention. X Series hain flexes both horizontally and vertically, which makes it ideal for overhead conveyors with vertical curves. N348 is used primarily for overhead conveyor service where corrosion is a concern. Polymeric links and stainless steel pins of N348 resist corrosion. J Y PI S J Polymeric hain Y PI S ROP OR INS K PI K PI K PI K PI Standard orged hain ype X orged hain S-ar Link hain N348 Pin Overall hain Link Rated verage Sprocket hain verage ia. Width eight hickness Working Weight Number Number Pitch K J S Load per t. ➀ Standard orged hain , , , , ➁ "X" Series rop orged hain X , X , X , "S" Series rop orged hain S , S , S , S , S , S , S , S , ➁ "N" Series Polymeric hain N ➀ ast or fabricated sprockets may be used. ➁ vailable only as a fabricated sprocket. imensions are in inches. Strengths, loads and weights are in pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 89
90 RX N LINK-L ROP OR INS ttachments IN NUMR MNS VILL* ROP OR INS olted oupler Pin vailable for all rivetless chains. MNS S348, X348 53, S2 S458, X458 22, 52, 2, M9, M37, M40, S22, extended pin 468, S468 2, 2, S2, extended pin X658 S678, X678 22, 53, 2, 2, 47, K2, extended pin 698, S698 53, 54, 2, 2-2, extended pin 998, S998 42, 2, 1, S2, S22, extended pin 9118, S9118 S22 old face type indicates attachments normally carried in stock. K K OL- OL K OL- R S 52, 54 ttachment hain verage Number Number K R S Wgt. 22 X458, S X678, S , S X458, S X348, S X678, S , S , S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. 90 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
91 RX N LINK-L ROP OR INS ttachments MNS M N M M N M L 2, 2 igure 1 K OLS- 2, 2 igure 3 OLS- K M P N P M L K OLS- 2, 2 igure 2 ROP OR INS ttachment hain verage Number Number K L M N P Wgt. 2 igure 1 998, S igure 3 X458, S , S igure 3 X678, S igure 2 468, S , S X678, S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. MNS OLS- M N M OLS N OLS- M 47 ttachment hain verage Number Number M N Wgt , S , S X678, S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 91
92 RX N LINK-L ROP OR INS ttachments K MNS ROP OR INS M OLS- N M ttachment hain verage Number Number M N Wgt. K2 X678, S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. M MNS M OL- K M37, M40 M40 attachment with pusher dog No. 1 ttachment hain verage Number Number M N Wgt. M37 X458, S M40 X458, S M40 with pusher dog X458, S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. 92 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
93 RX N LINK-L ROP OR INS ttachments S MNS OLS- S2 M N M OLS- L MP N L OLS- S2 PM ROP OR INS S22 ttachment hain verage Number Number L M N P Wgt. S2 X348, S , S S2 998, S S22 X458, S X678, S , S , S Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. MN PINS L K L OR- Style 1 Style 3 ttachment hain verage Number Number K L Wgt. xtended Pin X X X X X X X , , Shaded chains have attachments that are normally stocked. imensions are in inches and weights are in pounds. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 93
94 RX POLYMRI INS N SSORIS POLYMRI INS & SS. SRI RUNNIN INS esign eatures Rex straight running polymeric chains are designed specifically for those applications requiring corrosion resistant chains that operate over standard metal or polymeric sprockets. he link material is a low friction thermoplastic that has proven itself as a chain material for over a decade. his material resists most chemicals, and because of its low friction characteristics, reduces energy consumption and noise while increasing chain, sprocket and conveyor wear strip life. Wide wearing surfaces on top and bottom of the link offer extended sliding wear life. hain pins are manufactured from stainless steel. he latest technology in chain design has been used to provide the greatest chain strength and wear life at a reasonable cost. he use of stainless steel pins with the corrosion resistant thermoplastic material offers a chain capable of withstanding most corrosive applications. Non-metallic pins are also available, contact Rexnord for details. esign enefits Simple wo Piece onstruction Pins are easily assembled into links yet pins will not work out or rotate in service. No extra spring pins or cotters to fall out or snag conveyor apparatus. very link is a Master Link. Lightweight Less dead weight in your conveyor system will extend conveyor component life longer chain life longer conveyor way life longer sprocket life longer bearing life longer reducer life longer motor life! lean In normal service, Rex Polymeric hain will not corrode and contaminate the product. It is easily washed with water during operation, saving both time and money. ompletely Interchangeable s a replacement for metal chains, Rex Polymeric hain will run on existing carrying and return ways, he chains will not intercouple with metal chains. Low oefficient of riction Rex chain materials have a very low coefficient of friction this means less chain load and less energy consumption to convey the same tonnage. rute Strength Rex Polymeric hain has the highest possible working load. his is accomplished through alanced esign of the link and pin. or a comparison to your current chain or for chain recommendations consult Rexnord. Operating Range llowable temperature range of Rex Polymeric hain is enough to handle most applications: -40 to Quiet Running ecause of its unique design, the Rex Polymeric hain is an ideal chain for reducing noise in many applications. Make your own test to prove if the noise level is adequate for your needs. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 94
95 RX POLYMRI INS N SSORIS SRI RUNNIN INS IRION O RVL PI PI IMNSION L Max. iameter ottom Rex verage Overall Length llowable eight verage Spkt. Sliding hain Pitch Width of Spkt. of Side Pin arrel Weight Unit rea earing No. Inches ace ar Per oot No. Sq. Inches Per oot N N N N N N N N N N hains are normally stocked. hains are patented: # UION: NY UNUSUL burrs, ridges or protrusions on sprocket teeth or in conveyor system which would cut into polymeric chains must be removed. Specifications and US hain materials used are in compliance with regulations and guidelines for use in direct food contact. lso, the chain materials have been found chemically acceptable for direct food contact with meat or poultry products by the Product Safety ranch of US. lso, the chain designs have been found acceptable for direct contact with meat or poultry products by the quipment ranch of the acilities, quipment and Sanitation ivision of US. See pages for important application information. imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) N78 NO: he purpose of the table below is to account for cycles of load. his is an important consideration relating to fatigue and is critical to the successful application of chains made from any nonmetallic material. IMNSION L Rated Working Load* Ratio of hain Rated Working Load Pounds Speed (PM) o Sprocket enters () N45 N77 N & N78 N POLYMRI INS & SS. *Working load ratings for Polymeric hains are established according to chain speed (PM) and sprocket centers (). Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 95
96 RX POLYMRI INS N SSORIS SRI RUNNIN INS ttachments 1 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9 K1 K2 2 POLYMRI INS & SS. IMNSION L Rex hain No. ttachments imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) ➀ Weight Per oot olt ia. olt ole Lbs. Link Weight W/O Pins Per 100 Pieces Pin Weight Per 100 Pieces 1 N / N / N / N N N N N N N N N N N N N / N82➁ / K1 N / N / N / K2 N / N / N / Shaded attachments are most commonly used and are more readily available. ➀ Style of hole: round. ➁ ustom bolt-on attachment available contact Rexnord. attachments are available right hand and left hand.,, and K attachments are available blank (no holes), with holes as shown, or as required. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 96
97 RX POLYMRI INS N SSORIS OUL LX INS esign eatures he Rex Polymeric ouble lex hains are designed for curved or straight unit handling conveyors. he chain will flex in the vertical and horizontal planes. he chains are made from an exclusive low friction material that has proven itself as long wearing and shock resistant. With a stainless steel pin, the chains will not rust and will resist the same chemicals as acetal thermoplastic. Non-metallic pins are also available, contact Rexnord for details. he latest technology in chain design has been used to provide the greatest chain strength and wear life at a reasonable cost. onveyor operators will appreciate the quiet running chains that reduce daily work area stress. Maintenance people laud the chain s light weight and ease of installation. and US hains materials used are in compliance with regulations and guidelines for use in direct food contact. lso, the chain materials have been found chemically acceptable for direct food contact with meat or poultry products by the Product Safety ranch of US. lso, the chain designs have been found acceptable for direct contact with meat or poultry products by the quipment ranch of the acilities, quipment, and Sanitation ivision of US. esign enefits Simple wo Piece onstruction Pins are easily assembled into links yet pins will not work out or rotate in service. No extra spring pins or cotters to fall out or snag conveyor apparatus. Lightweight Less dead weight in your conveyor system will extend conveyor component life longer chain life longer conveyor way life longer sprocket life longer bearing life longer reducer life longer motor life! lean In normal service, chains will not corrode and contaminate the product. hey are easily washed with water during operation, saving both time and money. asy Maintenance hains are engineered for ease of assembly or disassembly. Since it is lightweight, a 10 foot strand of N325WS weighs 12 pounds, so one person can handle routine maintenance. Operating Range llowable temperature range of Rex polymeric chains is enough to handle most applications, -40 to ompletely Interchangeable replacement for metal chains. hese chains will run on existing carrying and return ways. hains will not intercouple with metal chains and require proper care with catenary design consult Rexnord. Low oefficient of riction Rex chain materials have a very low coefficient of friction. his means less chain load and less energy consumption to convey the same tonnage. rute Strength hese chains have the highest possible rated Working Load. his is accomplished through alanced esign of the link and pin. or a comparison to your current chain or for chain recommendations consult Rexnord. Protects onveyed Material he polymeric chains will not damage most products. Quiet Running ecause of its unique design, these chains are ideal for reducing noise in many applications make your own test to prove if the noise level is adequate for your needs. POLYMRI INS & SS. 97
98 RX POLYMRI INS N SSORIS OUL LX INS See pages for important application information IN PI 2 IN PI 2 IN PI 1 1 IRION O RVL IRION O RVL 1 IRION O RVL N250 (WS)* N325 (WS)* N9350 (WS)* POLYMRI INS & SS. IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) Overall Width Wear Shoe ottom Length Maximum eight iameter iameter Minimum verage Sliding Rex verage With Without of llow. of Side of Pin or of lex Weight rea hain Pitch Wear Wear arrel Spkt. ace ar eight Length Rivet arrel Radius Per Incl. No. Inches Shoes Shoes oot Wear Lbs. Shoes R Sq. In. N250 (WS) N325(WS) N9350(WS) * Note: WS version has wear shoes. hains are normally stocked. hains travel open end forward. hains are patented: # UION: NY UNUSUL burrs, ridges or protrusions on sprocket teeth or in conveyor system which would cut into polymeric chains must be removed. IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) Ratio Of Rated Working Load Pounds* hain Speed (PM) o Sprocket enters () N250(WS) N325(WS) N9350(WS) NO: he purpose of the table to the left is to account for cycles of load. his is an important consideration relating to fatigue and is critical to the successful application of chains made from any nonmetallic material. *Working load ratings for Polymeric hains are established according to chain speed (PM) and sprocket centers (). 98 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
99 RX LIV ROLLR ONVYOR IN Now Manufactured at the ngineered hain Operation! Rex Live Roller onveyor hains are precision conveyor carrier roller chains which may be combined with quiet running Rex Whisperol polymeric rollers or with standard hexagonal axle conveyor rollers. he conveyor chain s special Rexnord engineered hexagonal shaped hollow pin allows the chain to accept standard size hexagonal axles offered on conveyor rollers. he combination of precision conveyed carrier roller chain and the free turning conveyor rollers produces a heavy duty roller flight conveyor which can be used as an accumulating and minimum pressure conveyor. he combination of Rex live roller conveyor chain with conveyor rollers is ideally suited for conveyor lines handling items which must be blocked, stopped or accumulated without stopping the conveyor. he conveyed object, which is carried directly on the conveyor rollers, can be halted for accumulation, assembly or inspection at any location on the conveyed line. ecause the conveyor rollers are free turning, line pressure is held to a minimum allowing fragile items, such as furniture, sub-assemblies, and light cartons, to be conveyed or accumulated without fear of damage. K ROLLR WI I WN RM IMNSION S.406 I PI OLLOW PIN I.. X SP I P PL SLIP I ON ONNIN LINK.812 IMNSION L onn. Rivet hru-ardened arburized arburized arburized Rated nd nd Sidebars Pins Rollers ushings Rex verage Working verage Overall etween Spkt. o o hickness eight hain Pitch Load Weight Pin Sidebars ace Outside Outside Unit enter enter Pin Roller Pin Roller O.. ex Length No. Inches Lbs. Lbs./t. Width ia. ia. No. Line Line Link Link Link Link K I R , / R3007 R , / R4007 R , / R3011 R , / R4011 NO: Shaft extension for any live roller chain is hains are normally in stock. Sidebars are through hardened; bushings are carburized. LIV ROLLR ONVYOR IN Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 99
100 RX OUL LX IN OUL LX IN 3500 SL OUL LX IN abricated steel 3500 chain is designed to operate in either direction. his feature plus its ability to flex in two planes, and its excellent wear durability, makes it popular for a wide range of applications in the unit handling industry. Induction ardening Pin bearing surfaces and all sliding surfaces are induction hardened. Selective hardened areas provide long life, yet leave tough chain with high strength to handle big loads. Shielded Rivets upped configuration on the outer sidebar both protects and shields rivet ends, as well as provide relief for side-flex. No rivet wear prevents the possibility of disassembly while in operation RI SL SPROKS hese sprockets can be furnished split, solid and bronze bushed. eat treated keys are recommended. langed idler wheels available, specifications and price on application. Split New eveled lock Link he 3500 block link is now beveled to provide additional protection for conveyors handling plastic cases. Large Sliding rea 3500 ouble lex hain presents solid, substantial sliding surfaces to channel tracts. Nearly 50% greater sliding bearing area than dropforged chain results in lower sliding bearing pressure, thus decreasing wear on chain and channels. gain, increased chain life, lower chain replacement costs. Make multiple turns in one run, saving on transfer points. It flexes around 20" radius corners, assuring more compact plant layouts. ewer terminal units mean lower cost installations, easier maintenance. IMNSION L Solid imensions Inches No. No. ub Outside ub➄ Max. pprox. of of Pitch iam. iam. Length KS Weight eeth Pitches iam. ore➅ ach, Lbs. Split Solid / / /2 11-1/ / / / / / / / ➄ Overall width of split sprocket is 2-5/8 inches. ➅ Stock bore is 1-1/4 inches. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 100
101 RX OUL LX IN 3500 SL IN RVL IR IRION PI 9250 S IN IRION O RVL OUL LX IN PI IRION O RVL IMNSION L SM120 S IN imensions (Inches) and Weights Rated Length Maximum eight iameter iameter Minimum Rex verage Working Overall of llowable of of Pin verage Weight of lex. Spkt. hain Pitch, Load, Width arrel Spkt. Side or arrel Radius Per oot Unit No. Inches Lbs. ace ar Rivet Lbs. No. ➃ R 3500➁ 2.5➀ See able 3.0 elow 1-1/2 5/8 1-1/4 9/ /16 11/16 3/4➂ 1-1/4 1/2 1-1/ SM , /32 1 3/4➂ 1-1/4 1/2 1-1/ Rated Working Load Ratings for 3500 hain Ratio of hain Speed (PM) to onveyor Length (t.) Rated llowable Working Load (Lbs.) 0.1 to to ➀ lock link is 3-inch pitch and outside link is 2-1/2-inch pitch. ➁ When chain is to be run in channel, 2" x 1" x 3/16" (2.32 lbs. per foot), standard bar channel is suggested. ➂ ace on drive side of tooth. ➃ Refer to page 153 for use of Rated Working Load in conveyor chain selection. Shaded chains and sprockets are most commonly used and are more readily available. Note: or ratios below 0.1 and above 15.0, consult Rexnord for recommended rated working load. In applications without static operating conditions (shock loads), a service factor must be applied to provide for dynamic fluctuations. Speed actors are found on page 155 or contact Rexnord. esign Working Load = Pm x Service actor x Speed actor. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 101
102 RX LOW RIION L US IN special type of engineered steel conveyor chain. he rollers contain L bushings which operate over stainless or carbon steel chain bushings. his combination resists corrosion in conveyor applications and reduces rolling friction by 40%. lso, L has extremely low friction against steel which eliminates slip-stick action. Pulsating action on long slow-moving conveyors is minimized drastically. Saves Power ecause of low coefficient of rolling friction L bushed rollers drastically reduce horsepower requirements, thereby reducing operating costs. No Lubrication uilt in self lubricating properties of this material assures smooth trouble free operation under dry conditions. Improved andling Operates without pulsation even at slow speeds. leaning L bushed rollers may be safely applied in applications where steam or commercial cleaning agents are required. 1. Pins are case hardened steel with three (3) diameter construction for easier assembly, disassembly. 2. Rollers are also case hardened steel and have low-friction bushed surface for smooth, long-life performance. 3. hain bushings are of stainless steel, heat treated for extra corrosion and wear resistance. arbon steel bushings available where corrosion is not a threat. 4. Sidebars are accurately punched for good pitch control. hain can be galvanized or SZ coated for added corrosion resistance at slight additional cost. 5. L materials resist corrosion and wear, have low friction: require no lubrication vailable zinc plated. L US IN IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights Rated Sidebars Pins Rollers ushings Max. Sprocket Rex verage Max. R.P.M. MUS hain Pitch, Load Pin ace etween hickness eight iam. Outside Length Width Prop. Unit 12 x 10 3 No. Inches Lbs. Length Prop. iam. iam. Prop. No. ➁ Spkt. ➂ K I , R R R ➀ 1113 SR , R R R 196 SR196➀ , R R R ➀ 2180 ➀ Stainless steel bushings. ➁ Refer to ngineering Manual for use of Rated Working Load in conveyor chain selection. ➂ abricated steel sprockets are recommended. MNS L R J S N O PI K P PI K MN I imensions (Inches) and Weights ➀ Wgt. Per hain Lbs./t. No. J L olt olt N O P R S K-ttach. ia. ole v. Pitch SR196 SR196 K1/K / ➀ Style of hole: round. K2 3/ K / Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 102
103 RX ORROSION-RSISN INS Rex Platinum Series hains with Revolutionary Protective oating Rexnord, the world leader in the manufacture of superior quality chains, is proud to introduce a new corrosion-resistant chain. We have taken our precision, dependable and long-lasting carbon steel engineered chain and given it a revolutionary new coating called SZ, which greatly increases the chain s durability in corrosive environments. his exclusive chain coating uses five distinct metals which are plated as both elemental metals and pseudo alloys. he SZ coating significantly increases the life of our standard chain and out-performs the competition s corrosive resistant chains by up to 375% in certain applications. he unique silver SZ coating won t chip, rust or flake, so it is especially well suited for use in outdoor applications, saltwater environments or the food and beverage industry where frequent wash downs occur. SZ is environmentally safe and the plating process takes place here in the US, so there are no delays in fulfilling orders. Sidebars are individually plated, then assembled to assure a continuous and complete coverage of the special process. Since no heat is introduced into the parts, original heat treatments are maintained. You can now have the strength and durability of carbon steel chain with exceptional corrosion resistance. INUSRIS SRV everage Meat Processing hemical Marine rain/vegetable Processing YPIL PPLIIONS ottle Washers/Rinsers Pasteurizers viscerating ables ydrocookers Overhead onveyors levators Ship Unloaders am ates levators Washers/Rinsers ydrocookers Salt Spray est Rex Platinum Series hain Lasts 142% Longer he salt spray test is a continuous test in which samples are suspended in a salt fog in a heated environment as described in standard SM Observations are made periodically to visually determine, and record, the type and extent of corrosion. he test was performed on assembled chain. Results of the test, represented by the hours required to reach 1% red rust, are illustrated. IN SRIPION OURS O 1% RUS Rex Platinum Series hain 408 ompetitor 168 ompetitor 24 Saltwater Immersion est Rex Platinum Series hain Lasts 375% Longer One cycle of the test is performed by immersing chains in a 5% saltwater solution for 8 hours and then air drying for 16 hours. he test is conducted on assembled chain. he results represent the number of cycles required to reach 1% red rust. IN SRIPION YLS O 1% RUS Rex Platinum Series hain 39 ompetitor 8 ompetitor 1 Outdoor xposure est Rex Platinum Series hain Lasts Over 29% Longer he outdoor exposure test was developed to determine the corrosion resistance of coated chains in an outdoor environment. he test was designed using SM as a guideline. oated chains are attached to an appropriate fixture, placed outdoors, and periodically checked for the presence of corrosion. he results of the test are represented by the number of days required to reach 1% red rust. YS IN O 1% SRIPION RUS Rex Platinum Series hain 155* ompetitor 120 ompetitor 4 *Showed no sign of rust as of 155 days. ours ycles ays Rex Platinum Series hain Rex Platinum Series hain Rex Platinum Series hain hain hain hain omplete test results available upon request. SZ is a registered trademark of Wisconsin Mechanical Metal inishers, Inc. hain hain hain ORROSION-RSISN INS 103
104 RX N LINK-L IN INRN IN INRN he following tables can be used to interchange Rex and Link-elt chains. etails on chains included in the listings can be found in the ngineered Steel and ast hains sections of this catalog. o interchange rive hains see pages o interchange Standard Series ast ombination hains see page 79. RX O LINK-L INRN Rex Link-elt hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page 4 10 RS RS X 10 81X 22 81X 10 81X 22 81X 10 81X 22 S SS S102-1/2 18 SS102-1/2 28 S SS S SS R S SS R SX SS150 Plus 28 SR RS S SS SR RS SR RS SS RR RS RR RS RS Rex Link-elt hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page RR RS S S 75 S720S S S S 75 RR RS SR SS RO SO850 Plus 28 RS SX R SX R SX R SX R RS R SS R SS R SS SR RS RR RS RS RS RS In some cases, Rex and Link-elt brands may couple but this should not be assumed. ttachments should be compared by catalog data rather than number. or interchange verification or assistance, contact Rexnord. hains are listed in numerical order. o find the desired chain follow down the first column to the number of the chain to be replaced. Rex Link-elt hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page R SS R SS R SS SS SS RS R RS944 Plus RS RS RS RS RO RS RS RS RS X RS R RS RS LINK-L O RX INRN Link-elt Rex hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page 81X 22 81X 10 81X 22 81X 10 81X 22 81X 10 SS S SS102-1/2 28 S102-1/2 18 SS S SS S R 78 SS S R 78 SS150 Plus 28 SX SS S RS RR RS RR S S S 75 S720S S 75 S SS SR SO850 Plus 28 RO Link-elt Rex hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page SX RS RS RR RS RR RS R SS R SS R SS R RS944 Plus 24 R RS RS RS SS RS RS SR RS RS RS RS SS R SS R SS R RS Link-elt Rex hain atalog hain atalog Number Page Number Page RS SS SS RS RS RO SX R SX R SX R RS SR RS RR RS RS RS SR RS RS R RS X RS SR RS
105 SPROKS SPROK YPS Sprockets can be supplied in various materials and styles, depending upon the application and severity of service requirements. or most engineered chain applications, fabricated steel sprockets are recommended as offering the best combination of performance, availability, and price. abricated steel sprockets can be provided for every chain-tooth combination and are readily available. Sprockets can also be supplied in various cast materials, with or without hardened teeth. he cast sprocket tables present the available patterns for producing cast sprockets. Whatever the types selected, our sprockets are designed for proper chain-sprocket interaction. Rexnord engineers have selected the proper tooth pressure angle, pitch line clearance, bottom diameter and tooth pocket radius for optimum performance and service life. SPROK SYLS ast rm ody his type of sprocket is generally used where larger sizes are required. he use of arms reduces weight, facilitates handling, and is lower in cost. ast Split (rm or Plate) ody he split body design facilitates mounting and removal from shafts without disturbing bearings or other connected equipment, which greatly reduces installation and downtime. ast Plate ody Plate bodies are generally required for the smaller sizes where the use of arms in impractical, and on larger sizes when the chain pull exceeds the strength of the arm body sprockets. abricated Steel Sprockets abricated steel sprockets are flame cut and manufactured from plain carbon steel. he teeth are flame or induction hardened. Shear Pin sprocket is modified by the addition of shear pin hubs and shear pins. hey are used in applications where jamming or overloading is prevalent. he shear pins are designed to transmit the required torque under normal operating conditions, but to fail when an overload or jam occurs, thus protecting machinery and equipment from damage. Special Sprockets Sprockets can be made of special design, such as flanged-rim (used particularly in the rock products and fertilizer industries). Longtooth or gapped-tooth sprockets can also be made. ast Sprocket rm ody abricated Steel with Lightening oles Shear Pin Sprocket ast Split rm ody abricated Steel Split Sprocket rum langed rm- ody Sprocket ast Steel Plate ody abricated Steel Plate ody langed Rim Sprocket SPROKS SMNL SPROKS N RION WLS an be supplied with either solid or split bodies, and have removable and replaceable sprocket segments or traction wheel rims. Rims are made of specially hardened steel for superior wear resistance. ccurate machining and precisely drilled holes permit sprocket segments to be reversed, thus doubling sprocket life and minimizing downtime. Segmental Sprocket with Split ody Segmental raction Wheel with Split ody RION WLS Primarily designed for single-strand bucket elevator service, traction wheels can also be used on other type conveyors providing the coefficient of friction is sufficient under normal load to allow the traction wheel to drive the unit. distinct advantage of a traction wheel is ray Iron rum langed raction Wheel that the chain will slip on the wheel in the event of an obstruction or overload, thereby preventing damage to elevator or conveyor components. raction wheels are ideal for service in abrasive environments since there is less scrubbing of the chain on a traction wheel as compared to sprocket. 105
106 SPROKS SPROKS SLION, SPIIION N ORRIN INORMION Number of eeth Sprockets preferably should have no less than 12 teeth, particularly if speeds are high and the chain loads great. Sprockets having less than 12 teeth should be adapted only to slow and medium speeds. he number of teeth and sprocket speed (revolutions per minute) control the amount of impact of the chain seating on the sprocket. Impact is reduced as the number of teeth is increased or as speed is decreased. Likewise the chain pull is reduced as the sprocket size is increased for any one power drive. onsequently, a lighter chain for greater economy may often be used. With a greater number of teeth angular motion or friction in the chain joints is reduced. eight of eeth eight of teeth of standard sprockets is generally based on providing a working face what will accept the maximum possible amount of wear elongation combined with a smooth topping curve. further limitation that takes precedence over the above is that when a sprocket series is capable of being used with chains designed for conveyor/elevator service, the top of the tooth of all standard sprockets having ten or more teeth is designed to be low enough to clear a slat or carrier mounted on the lowest possible K attachment of any chain using sprockets of that series. s a precaution, it is recommended that orders for sprockets specify whether is is necessary for the top of the tooth to clear any slat, bucket or carrier mounted to a chain attachment, or welded to the chain. ore and ub Size he size of the bore and hub are determined by the torque to be transmitted. he hub specification charts included in this catalog provide selections based on a design shear stress of 6000 psi, maximum. When some teeth must be topped off (that is, omitted) as distinguished from gaps that extend within the root diameter, it will be assumed that topping off the teeth flush with the root diameter will suffice to clear the obstruction. If gaps are required, complete details must accompany the order. RMN abricated steel sprockets are normally supplied with induction hardened teeth. ast sprockets, if hardened, are either induction hardened or cast as chill iron. he catalog cast sprocket tables identify cast sprockets with hardened teeth. Rexnord takes an extra step when heat treating segmental sprockets and tractions wheels to provide the utmost in hardness and case depth. Prior to induction hardening, segmental rims are soaked with carbon in large carburizing pits specifically designed for this purpose. he carburizing process provides deep penetration of carbon into the segment s working surfaces, thereby increasing its hardenability. fter the carburizing process, the segments are taken to Rexnord s induction heat treat area where the segments are enveloped in a large electrical coil, heated to a cherry red, and quickly quenched. his final process produces the hardest, deepest cases available in an engineered sprocket or traction wheel today. he carburizing/induction heat treatment process is standard for most all of our segmental sprockets and traction wheels. If you have a very severe sprocket wear problem this may be the answer contact Rexnord to find out if it is available for your particular sprocket type because not all sizes and styles are available. apped Sprockets Some attachments require gapped sprockets to avoid interference between the sprocket and chain or assembled fittings. Such attachments usually are those wherein the space between side bars is utilized by the attachment or its fitting. he gap spacing must be a multiple of the particular attachment spacing in the chain, also of the number of teeth on the sprocket. Relative depth of hardened material developed from flame, induction or chill rim hardening methods. Relative depth of hardened material developed through the two-step carburizing/ induction hardening process used in our segmental sprockets and traction wheels. More hardened material means longer sprocket and chain life! 106
107 SPROKS SLION, SPIIION & ORRIN INORMION (ont d.) Web oles Large plate or web-body sprockets can be furnished, when specified, with holes for hoisting slings or hooks. Such holes may necessitate an extra charge. Weights Listed weights represent averages only and may differ from those of the sprockets furnished, because of the differences in hub sizes. verage weights do not necessarily indicate the relative strengths of the various sprockets. hey are given primarily for estimating shaft loads and freight charges. ll weights are based on arm body construction. Style Plate-ody or rm-ody onstruction It will be noted that the smaller sprockets in each series (both stock and order-size) are furnished only with plate-body. Lack of space between the hub and the sprocket rim makes it impractical to furnish these sprockets with arm-body construction. ll stock and order sizes will be furnished plate body. or arm body design, consult Rexnord. ubs ll hubs are furnished long central (style ) unless specified by the customer or if footnoted in the tables. epending on how mounted, offset hubs or flush one side (style ) may be preferable for driver sprockets mounted on gearbox output shafts. Offset hubs are where hubs are not of equal length. If other than long central hubs are desired, be sure to specify this on the order. ll hubs are given a squaring cut, (faced) then sprockets are finish bored. acing is provided as follows: ast ubs abricated ubs Long entral aced 1 side aced both sides lush one side ub faced ub faced Offset hubs aced both sides oth hubs faced ore Sprockets are bored to commercial tolerances (see table below) loser tolerances are available at extra cost. ore Range olerance (Inches) Up thru /+.003 Over thru /+.004 Over thru /+.005 Over /+.006 Keyseat and Keyscrews Standard straight keyseats on the centerline of a tooth are finished with one setscrew over the keyseat and one at 90. Multiple Sprocket lignment On a multiple strand conveyor, or elevator, it is important that the driving sprocket teeth be properly aligned in service. In order to accomplish this, the keyseats must be accurately located relative to the teeth. his will be done if the sprockets are ordered as follows: Sprockets with ubs entral Order should specify Matched in Sets of wo, Matched in Sets of hree, etc. Sprockets with Unequal ubs If sprockets will be assembled with like hubs all facing the same end of the shaft, the order should specify Matched in Line. If sprockets will be assembled with like hubs facing opposite ends of the shaft, the order should specify Matched in Pairs. In all cases, the sprockets will be match marked, and to be matched in assembly, all matchmarks must face the same end of the shaft. t the tail end of a multiple strand conveyor, one sprockets should be keyed or set screwed on the shaft so that the shaft will turn in its bearings. he remainder of the tail sprockets should be allowed to turn freely relative to the shaft. Sprocket vailability abricated Steel sprockets (split or solid) are readily available and most any sprocket design can be provided. or the quickest possible delivery, Rexnord maintains an inventory of plates and hubs for many commonly used sprockets. ast sprockets with solid hubs are stocked and identified in the cast sprocket tables. he stocked sprocket is bored and keyed to order. Split sprockets, sprockets with hub dimensions other than shown, or sprockets with any other non-standard feature are available but must be cast to order. If delivery is an important factor, fabricated steel sprockets are recommended. SPROKS 107
108 SPROKS SLION, SPIIION & ORRIN INORMION (ont d.) SPROKS ow o Order 1. Quantity Number of sprockets required. 2. Sprocket Unit Number and hain Number Refer to the chain and sprocket index. 3. eeth Number of teeth on sprocket. 4. Material ast or fabricated steel should be specified. Standard materials will be provided unless specified. 5. eat reatment abricated steel sprockets will have induction hardened teeth. ast sprockets will have hardened teeth if specified in the cast tooth sprocket tables. Specify any non-standard heat treatments. 6. ub onstruction ubs will be provided as standard with solid hubs, long central (Style ) unless specified otherwise. Refer to page 109 for standard hub specifications. 7. ub Size S SPROKS: Stocked cast tooth sprockets are listed in the tables with hub dimensions and a maximum bore. Sprockets with hub or bore dimensions other than as shown require a S O ORR sprocket. hese special sprockets are available but if lead time is a factor, consider using a fabricated steel sprocket which is more readily available. If no hub size is specified by the customer, the standard hub will be provided unless the shaft exceeds the maximum allowable bore, in which case a cast to order sprocket will be necessary. or S O ORR sprockets: If no hub size is specified, a hub will be selected appropriate for the shaft size and most readily available from the foundry. If desired, hub sizes may be specified on S O ORR sprockets, refer to the selection procedures on pages 111 and ub Size RI SL SPROKS or fabricated steel sprockets, most any size hub is readily available. When delivery is especially critical, standard hub sizes are recommended. Standard fabricated steel hubs as shown in the table on page 109 will be provided unless specified on the order. 8. ore Specify size and type of bore. Refer above for standard bore tolerances. Standard tolerances will be provided unless specified. 9. Keyseat and Setscrews keyway with two setscrews will be provided on all sprockets unless specified otherwise. 10. Previous Order or Quotation Provide information regarding previous order or quotation to assure compliance. 11. apped Sprockets Specify chain attachment used and spacing. 12. rop orged hain Sprockets Specify number of actual teeth. 13. Shear Pin Sprockets Specify torque level sprockets should shear. bore size must be specified. 108
109 SPROKS RI SL SPROKS Listed below is the plate thickness for each sprocket unit. Refer to chain and sprocket index to determine proper unit number for each chain. ll sprockets are readily available as fabricated steel. abricated assemblies for traction wheels, drum flanged, sprockets, and for wide mill chain sprockets are also readily available. PL SIZ Sprocket Plate Sprocket Plate Sprocket Plate Unit Width Unit Width Unit Width No. Inches No. Inches No. Inches SP *.38 32* *.56 45**.63 51*.56 S51*.56 52*.63 55* * RS *.75 64S* *.63 78**.88 78* * /2* * * SP * * 3.50 SM120* * * * * 2.75 R *.75 SX * * * * X * * * S * * * S* 1.13 S720S* * 1.13 S730* * * * * RO SX RS SX SX * * 1.25 S * * * * * * * R RO X X X X X X RO RO X * * * * R R R R ** * vailable in cast, see pages 111 to 118. ** vailable in cast or polymeric, see pages 111 to 118 and 124 to 128. Sprocket Weight otal Sprocket Weight = [.22 (P) 2 PW] + W P = Pitch iameter of Sprocket PW = Plate Width of Sprocket (See table at left) W = ub Weight (See table below) alculated weight is an approximate to be used for estimating shaft loads and shipping weights. Style ub SOLI US ore➀ ub iameter ub* Maximum ➁ iameter Length ➂➃ Weight ➄ Inches Letter orque Inches Inches Lbs. 15/ / / / / / / /16 I /16 J /16 K /16 L /16 M /16 N /16 O / /16 P /16 Q /16 R /2 S SPLI US Style ub Style ub L INSRUIONS When using the tables below, and only the torque or ub Size Letter is known, locate the appropriate row which will give you the recommended bore and hub size based on the limitations of typical S material having a maximum torsional shear stress of 6,000 psi. If the shaft size is known, use the bore diameter column to find the recommended hub dimensions. ore ➀ Maximum ➁ ub ➂➃ olt learance Weight ➄ Sizes Inches orque Length iameter Lbs. 1-15/ / / / / onsult factory for larger bores. *ub letter rom rive hain Selection tables. ➀ See instructions above. ➁ In-Lbs. (in thousands) ➂ dd plate thickness for length through bore (see table at left). ➃ ubs furnished long central unless specified by customer. ➄ Weight shown for solid hub. ctual weight should be reduced by bore. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 109 SPROKS
110 SPROKS RI SL SPROKS N OONL IL WLS OR VY UY WL SL R INS rive Sprockets SPROK IMNSIONS (Inches) N WIS (Pounds) Rex Number➀ Pitch Outside ooth verage Unit Of iameter iameter Width Plate Only Number eeth P.. O.. Inches Wgt. (Lbs.) L lame ut Steel Sprocket with ardened eeth O.. ➀ Sprockets listed are most common. ny number of teeth are readily available. Split sprockets are available. Unit No for WX 5157 hain inished Solid ub verage ore Range ia. x Length ub Only Inches Inches Wgt. Lbs x x x P.. SPROKS Unit No for WX 5121/6121/6067 hain inished ub verage ore Range ia. x Length ub Only Inches Inches Wgt. Lbs x x x x x (eeth are hardened to R c 57) Octagonal ail Wheels Octagonal tail wheels offer several advantages over conventional sprockets. hain/tail wheel forces are transmitted directly between sidebars and the octagon surfaces, eliminating barrel and sprocket tooth wear. Side guide lugs are provided to keep the chain centralized on the tail wheel. Octagon plates and guide lugs are made of hardened steel. Sidebar contact surfaces can be hardfaced for maximum wear resistance. Rex hain Number ottom lat (Inches) Width W (Inches) WX WX WX5121/WX W inished ore Range (Inches) ub ia. x Length (Inches) 0 to x 5 4 to x to x 7.75 IRION O RVL hain No hain No. 6121, 6067, 5157 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 110
111 SPROKS S SPROKS ast to Order ub Specifications he following table can be used when ordering cast to order sprockets. he table will help in selecting hub sizes and bores. Stocked sprocket hub sizes will not always agree with this table. xample: Unit 78, 14 tooth, 2-3/16 bore, 5,600 in-lbs. orque. he stocked sprocket that would be supplied for this application would have a hub size of 4.5 x 3. ccording to this table, however, a hub size of 3.5 x 2 could be specified on a cast to order sprocket. Procedure If torque and bore size are known: 1. Locate torque in left hand column. he next column over gives the minimum hub length. 2. Locate bore size in top row. 3. he intersection of the top row and the column selected in Step 1 is the minimum hub O.. If torque only is known: 1. Locate torque in left hand column. he next column over gives the minimum hub length. 2. Move to the right to the first number shown (this is the minimum hub O..). 3. Move vertically to the top row to determine the minimum bore. ub Sizes are ased on Use with ommercial old inished Steel Shafting and Keys ➂ ore 13/16 1-3/16 1-7/ / /16 2-3/16 2-7/ / /16 3-3/16 3-7/ / /16 4-7/ /16 5-7/ /16 6-1/ /2 8 8-/ /2 10 Width 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/ /4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/ /2 2-1/2 Key Size eight 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/ /4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 ub llowable Size orque ub ➀ SQUR KY L KY Letter Inch- Length pounds iameters of ubs Keyseated /2 1-1/ /2 2-1/ / /2 5 1, /2 1-1/ /2 2-1/ / /2 5 2, / /2 2-1/ / /2 5 3, /2 2-1/ / /2 5 5, /2 3-1/ /2 5 8, /2 3-1/ /2 5 12, /2 4-1/2 5 17, /2 4-1/2 5 5 I 23,000 4 R O W 4-1/2 5 5 J 30,000 4 L 5 5 K 38,000 5 U 5 L 47,000 5 M M 60,000 5 N N 70,000 6 O 100,000 6 P 140,000 6 Q 190,000 8 R 245,000 8 S 320, , U 500, V 600, W 720, X 850, Y 1,000, Z 1,250, U When torque and bore intersect in one of these blank spaces, it indicates that the shaft is subject to greater than 6,000 psi torsional shear stress. 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 6 When torque and bore intersect in one of these blank spaces, it indicates that the shaft is larger than required to transmit the torque produced by the chain operating at its working load. Use the first hub diameter below in the same column for 5-1/2 5-1/ /2 the bore required. he correct hub length and 5-1/2 5-1/ /2 7-1/2 the torque this hub will safely transmit is found in the same row as the hub diameter used. 5-1/2 5-1/ /2 7-1/ /2 5-1/ /2 7-1/ /2 5-1/ /2 7-1/ /2 5-1/ /2 7-1/ / /2 5-1/ /2 7-1/ / / /2 6-1/2 7-1/ / / /2 6-1/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / SPROKS ➀ hese lengths are the minimum recommended; longer hubs can be furnished at additional cost. or drives, offset hubs, one side flush, are recommended for all river sprockets. Long central hubs are recommended for all riven. or improved system performance fab steel drive sprockets are recommended over cast. ➁ or a sprocket without a keyseat, a somewhat smaller hub may be used. onsult Rexnord for assistance. ➂ esign shear stress = 6,000 psi. 111
112 SPROKS S SPROKS (ont d.) ast Split ubs or ast to Order ooth Sprockets and raction Wheels (ub sizes are based on use with commercial, cold finished, steel shafting and keys. ➀ ) Use of ables. fter having determined torque and knowing the required bore, refer to able No. 1, below, to obtain the hub identification number. ub dimensions are listed in able No. 2, below. he hub over-all length () see drawing to the right is definitely fixed for a given sprocket or wheel pattern and bore. It is determined by standard fixed hub pattern projections () and pattern body thickness () the latter depending on the sprocket or traction wheel pattern involved. When length must be maintained or known, refer to the factory for certified dimensions. hese hubs are furnished central and of fixed length only. LRN I U I able No. 1 ub Number for iven lass and ore SPROKS ore Ins. 15/16 1-3/16 1-7/ / /16 2-3/16 2-7/ / /16 3-3/16 3-7/ / /16 4-7/ /16 5-7/ /16 Sq. Key Size, 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/ /4 1-1/4 1-1/2 Ins. llow. ➁ orque ub Number 500 L2-015 L2-103 L2-107 L2-111 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L ,000 L2-015 L2-103 L2-107 L2-111 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L ,000 L2-103 L2-107 L2-111 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L ,500 L2-107 L2-111 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L ,600 L2-111 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L2-315 L ,500 L2-115 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 When torque and bore intersect in one of these blank spaces it indicates that the shaft is larger then required to transmit the torque produced by the chain operating at its working load. Use the first hub diameter below in the same column for the bore required. he correct hub length and the torque this hub will safely transmit is found in the same row as the hub diameter used. 12,500 L2-203 L2-207 L2-211 L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L , L2-215 L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L2-507 L , L2-303 L2-307 L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L2-507 L , L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L2-507 L , L2-311 L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L2-507 L ,000 When torque and bore intersect in one L2-315 L2-407 L2-415 L2-507 L2-515 of these blank spaces, it indicates that 60, L2-415 L2-507 L2-515 the shaft is subject to greater than 70,000 6,000 psi torsional shear stress L2-415 L2-507 L , L2-507 L , , , Maximum Pitch iameter (Inches) of Sprockets or Wheels for Use Without Rim-Lugs able No. 2 Standard Split ubs imensions In Inches ub Wt. a. ub Wt. a. ub No. ore Max. W/olts No. ore Max. W/olts No. ore Max. L / L / / L / / L / L / L / / L / / L / L / L / / L / / L / L / L / / / / L / L / L / / / Rim Lugs. Sprockets and traction wheels with plate (web) body, or small-diameter arm body, require split rim-lugs projecting on each side. When the arm body is sufficiently large, single split rim-lugs are used between the arms. Some chain attachments (as 19) will interfere with projecting split rim-lugs, thus making special construction necessary; refer to factory. ➀ esign shear stress = 6,000 psi ➁ Inch-Pounds Wt. a. w/olts Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
113 SPROKS S OO SPROKS No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 25 S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.375 inches. No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 42 S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.625 inches. No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore S51 S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.562 inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.500 inches , ➂ ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information ➀ ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches. lso available in polymeric ➀ ➀ S➀ L ➀ ➀ S L S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.562 inches. or hain No. 51 (ast), 51 (Steel) ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.625 inches ➀ ➂ ➂ ast continued on next page. SPROKS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 113
114 SPROKS S OO SPROKS (ont d.) SPROKS No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 52 S PI (ont d.) ooth ace at Pitch Line.625 inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches ➀ ➀ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.938 inches ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information. ➃ or 962 chain use unit no. 62 sprocket from 6 to 23 teeth, over 23 teeth consult Rexnord. No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 62 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.812 inches. ➃ ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches ➂ No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 67 S PI (ont d.) (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches. lso available in polymeric ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.937 inches. lso available in polymeric ➂ Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 114
115 SPROKS S OO SPROKS (ont d.) Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to No. Pitch Order vg. of ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. eeth ia. Length ore ore 102 RUM LN S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches /2 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 103 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. lso available in polymeric ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ RUM LN S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 110 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth Width at Pitch Line Matches arrel Length ➂ RUM LN S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ SP S OUL PI PI & (With ardened ooth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches SPROKS ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 115
116 SPROKS S OO SPROKS (ont d.) SPROKS No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 112 S PI PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line 8.75 inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 132 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ RUM LN S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.812 inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.937 inches ➂ ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information. No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 194 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches ➂ S PI (With ardened ooth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.875 inches ➂ Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 116
117 SPROKS S OO SPROKS (ont d.) No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 468 S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ RUM LN S (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line.875 inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.875 inches S PI ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. or hain No Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to No. Pitch Order vg. of ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. eeth ia. Length ore ore 678 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S720S S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches P ➂ P P P S S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. 6P ➂ P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S730 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. 9.5P P P P P-27 Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to No. Pitch Order vg. of ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. eeth ia. Length ore ore 730 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. 6P ➂ P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ SPROKS ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 117
118 SPROKS S OO SPROKS (ont d.) No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 844 S PI (With ardened eeth) No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 1113 S PI (With ardened eeth) No. of eeth Stocked Sprockets➁ ast to Pitch Order vg. ia. ub ub Max. Max. Wt. ia. Length ore ore 2124 S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. ooth ace at Pitch Line inches. SPROKS S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.687 inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line.750 inches. lso available in polymeric ➂ ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ➂ S PI (With ardened eeth) ooth ace at Pitch Line inches ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. ➀ ub one side. ll other hubs are long central. ➁ If no hub data is listed, sprocket is cast to order. ➂ onsult Rexnord for max. bore information. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 118
119 SPROKS S RION WLS N RUM LN RION WLS raction Wheels are used primarily on the headshafts of bucket elevators and elevating conveyors to protect the system from obstructions. Providing the frictional grip between the chain and the traction wheel is sufficient to transmit the power under normal load. In the case of obstruction, the chain will slip on the wheel, and avoid damaging some machinery or part of the system. rum langed raction Wheels are used on drag chain conveyors where discharge is over the head wheel. Materials. raction wheels are furnished cast and fabricated steel. Segmental rim traction wheels are available with fabricated bodies. See pages 120 through 123. Standard Sprocket ore olerances; Keyseat and Set-screws; and ubs. See page 171 for key and set screw sizes. he corresponding paragraphs on page 120 applies to traction wheels. o determine a shaft s pitch diameter, add to its outside diameter, the barrel diameter of the chain to be used. NO: or Replaceable Segmental-Rim raction Wheels, see pages SPIIIONS Unit ace rum No. O.. x=n Width Width Wt x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Unit ace rum No. O.. x=n Width Width Wt x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Unit ace rum No. O.. x=n Width Width Wt. S x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x S x x x x x x x x SPROKS ll dimensions given in inches and weight in Lbs. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 119
120 SPROKS SMNL RIM SPROKS N RION WLS Segmental sprockets and traction wheels provide important benefits in easy installation and simplified replacement. he rims are made of hardened steel, and both split and solid bodies are available. his development materially reduces the down time normally required to install a standard-type sprocket, and saves even more time and effort when replacements are made. or double sprockets, replacement rims should be ordered in matched pairs and aligned. Split ody Solid ody Segmental Rim SPROKS xisting installations may be modernized by removing old sprockets or wheels and replacing them with segmental rim units of either solid hub or split hub body style. hree-segment traction wheels provide the ability to replace worn segments one at a time without removing the chain. On segmental sprockets, all rims must be removed from the hub before the replacement rims are installed. Solid ub odies Solid hub bodies are recommended for new installations, or existing installations where it is expedient to install a solid hub to save added cost of split hub. hey are accurately machined of close-grained cast iron. he bodies can be made of steel, but dimensions will differ. Split ub odies Split hub bodies can be easily installed on existing installations without removing the shaft, bearings, or chain. hey are accurately machined of close-grained cast iron. complete set of hub bolts and nuts included. he bodies can be made of steel, but dimensions will differ. raction Wheels vs. Sprockets at the ead Shaft When properly applied, the use of a traction wheel at the head end of a centrifugal elevator will result in an increase in both chain and wheel life. In addition, the traction wheel will minimize peak chain tensions under impact or starting conditions. Successful application of a traction wheel is dependent upon a frictional force between the traction wheel and the chain bushing which is great enough to handle the applied chain load without excessive slippage. actors which can detract from the effectiveness of a traction wheel are: 1. andling material with lubricating qualities. 2. eavy digging loads. 3. andling very dense material. ry and abrasive materials, on the other hand, have the desirable effect of increasing the coefficient of friction. raction wheels have been used very successfully in the cement mill industry. hain with rollers should not be used with a traction wheel. 120
121 SPROKS SMNL RIM SPROKS N RION WLS (ont d.) Solid ub odies Solid hub bodies are recommended for new or existing installation where it is expedient to install a solid hub to save added cost and weight of a split hub. Solid hub bodies can be made of cast iron or fabricated steel. he outer rim of both cast and fabricated steel hub bodies is machined to exact concentricity and the flange base is machined to provide a mating surface for the rim. his insures correct fit and proper installation of segmental traction wheel and sprocket rims. ubs are central with the center line of rims. abricated steel bodies are recommended for use in severe applications, such as cement mill, to provide maximum fatigue and wear life. Solid ub odies S SOLI OIS ➀ RI SOLI OIS RI SOLI OIS (ont d.) ore ub ody Size Length Wt. No. ➁ (Inches) (Inches) Lbs ore ub ody Size Length Wt. No. ➁ (Inches) (Inches) Lbs ore ub ody Size Length Wt. No. ➁ (Inches) (Inches) Lbs SPROKS ➀ Steel bodies are recommended for use with RS856, R956, R857, R859, R864, SX856, SX2857, SX2859 and SX2864 rims used in severe service such as cement mill elevators. ➁ ody no. represents bolt circle diameter. See page 122 for bolting information. 121
122 SPROKS SMNL RIM SPROKS N RION WLS (ont d.) Split ub odies Split hub bodies can be easily installed in existing applications without removing the shaft, bearing or chain. Split hub bodies can be furnished in vast iron or fabricated steel. omplete set of hub bolts and nuts included. he outer rim of both cast and fabricated steel hub bodies is machined to precise concentricity and the flange base is machined to provide a mating surface for the rim. his insures correct fit and proper installation of segmental traction wheel and sprocket rims. ubs are control with the center line of rims. abricated steel bodies are recommended for use in severe applications, such as cement mill, to provide maximum fatigue and wear life. Split ub odies SPROKS S SPLI OIS ➀ RI SPLI OIS OY OLIN ore ub ody Size Length Wt. No. ➁ (Inches) (Inches) Lbs ➀ Steel bodies are recommended for use with RS856, R956, R857, R859, R864, SX856, SX2857, SX2859 and SX2864 rims used in severe service such as cement mill elevators. ➁ ody No. represents bolt circle diameter. ore ub ody Size Length Wt. No. ➁ (Inches) (Inches) Lbs ➁ ody No. represents bolt circle diameter. olt olt ody olt Size orque No. Qty. (Inches) t. Lbs / / / / orque values based on dry conditions. 1 t. Lb. orque = 1 Lb. orce With 1 t. Lever rm. 122
123 SPROKS SMNL RIM SPROKS N RION WLS (ont d.) ast Rims ach traction wheel rim and sprocket rim is induction case-hardened to the highest practical hardness around the entire circumference. he hardness depth is controlled to give the longest wear life, yet leaving the interior tough and ductile perfect qualities for absorbing the impact and shock loads encountered in elevator-conveyor service. Segmental sprocket rims can be reversed (back side of tooth becomes the working face), in order to maximize wear life. Segmental traction wheel rims can be easily installed, no need to even remove the chain in order to replace worn out rims. No burning or cutting is necessary. Our head traction wheel design moves the center of the chain load more closely over the body flange, thus reducing the possibility of hub fatigue problems. Segmental rim traction wheels are split with cuts in the rims that are made diagonally. hese diagonal cuts eliminate the possibility of the segments spalling or chipping at the line of split as a result of chain bushing or barrel line impact. he sides of the segmental traction wheel & sprocket rims are chamfered to allow the chain to enter and leave smoothly without damaging the chain components. ll rims are furnished with high strength UN thread nuts and bolts as standard. ouble hamfer for auging Wear Sprocket Rims Sprocket ross Section Rex -head raction Wheel ross Section raction Wheel Rims SPROKS VILL S SPROK RIMS (with olts, Washers and Nuts) Rex Link-elt No. Use Pitch Weight hain hain of ody iam. ach No. No. eeth No.➀ In. Lbs. S111 SS SX SX150 SS150 Plus RS856 SX R857 SX R R859 SX R864 SX NO: abricated steel rims are readily available for most every chain. onsult Rexnord. ➀ ody No. represents bolt circle diameter in inches. VILL S RION WL RIMS (with olts, Washers and Nuts) Rex Link-elt Outside Use Weight ace hain hain iam. ody ach Width No. No. In. No.➀ Lbs. In. S110 SS S102 SS / /2 S102-1/2 SS102-1/2 S111 SS RS856 SX R857 SX R R859 SX R864 SX NO: abricated steel rims are readily available for most every chain. onsult Rexnord. ➀ ody No. represents bolt circle diameter in inches. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 123
124 SPROKS ast ody Segmental Polymeric Sprocket ll Polymeric ished Sprocket Polymeric Sprocket L O SPROK IS L L OR OR OR U O.. U O.. LL POLYMRI IS SPROKS Split Polymeric Sprocket U SYL P.. SPROKS POLYMRI SPROK N ILR WLS Polymeric chains will provide the ultimate in service when operated with properly designed sprockets. Just like polymeric chains differ from metal chains, so do polymeric sprockets differ vastly from metal sprockets. he polymeric sprocket must be designed for the particular chain, considering the chain s special capability and intended use. Many factors are taken into account when designing these sprockets: ooth pressure angle, pitch line clearance, bottom diameter, pocket and topping radii and tooth working face, to name a few. poor design in any of these areas may cause chain failure. Rex Polymeric sprockets increase chain and sprocket life by reducing corrosion and friction. Quiet running, shock absorbing sprockets also improve system reliability. he merican hain ssociation recommends that Sprockets normally be obtained from the manufacturer of the chain involved. he ssociation further cautions that worn sprockets should always be replaced when new chain is installed eatures esigned specifically for use with polymeric chains for greatest chain and sprocket life. Made from super tough urethane. Rex sprockets resist particle embedment, a common problem with sprockets made from UMWP that can result in rapid chain wear. One-piece design Rex polymeric sprockets are all polymeric, or available with a steel insert cast integral with the body. bsorbs vibration and large shock loads, thus protecting the chain and providing quieter operation. Reduces friction, which improves chain life. Split sprockets most sprockets are available in split design for ease of installation. 124
125 SPROKS POLYMRI SPROK N ILR WLS (ont d.) IMNSION L N45 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.75 ub Style Mandrel ore.44 N77 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.75 ub Style Mandrel ore.44 Number of eeth P.. imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) ub ➂ ore apacities W/O Key With Key ➀ Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max N77 Polymeric Sprocket ooth sprocket with ast Iron ody Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.75 ub Style eep or Shallow ished Number of P.. ub L... olt Max. Weight eeth iameter ircle ore ➁ ➁ 25 ➁ ➁ ➀ ased upon keyed driver sprocket used with polymeric chain at the maximum rated working load. onsult Rexnord for information on steel hub inserts. ➁ ontact factory for hub sizes and weights. ➂ ata without steel hub inserts. IMPORN: Polymeric sprockets with steel hub inserts are recommended for applications using metal chains. SPROKS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 125
126 SPROKS POLYMRI SPROK N ILR WLS (ont d.) IMNSION L N78 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.94 ub Style 7-15 eeth ub Style eeth Mandrel ore.94 Number of eeth P.. imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) ub ➂ ore apacities W/O Key With Key ➀ Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max SPROKS N78 Polymeric Sprocket Segmental ooth Sprocket with ast Iron ody Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.94 ub Style eep or Shallow ished ontact actory or ub Sizes and Weights Number of P.. ub L... olt Max. Weight eeth iameter ircle ore ➁ ➁ 30 ➁ ➁ N78 ll Polymeric ished Sprocket with Segmental ooth Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.94 ub Style Shallow or eep ished Shallow ished (S) 1.5", 1.75", 2" eep ished () 6.25", 6.5" Number of P.. Max. ub L... olt Max. Weight eeth iameter ircle ore S S S S S S ➀ ased upon keyed driver sprocket used with polymeric chain at the maximum rated working load. onsult Rexnord for information on steel hub inserts. ➁ ontact factory for hub sizes and weights. ➂ ata without steel hub inserts. IMPORN: Polymeric sprockets with steel hub inserts are recommended for applications using metal chains. 126 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
127 SPROKS POLYMRI SPROK N ILR WLS (ont d.) IMNSION L N82 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line 1.13 ub Style 7-8 eeth ub Style 9-18 eeth Mandrel ore.94 Number of eeth P.. imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) ore apacities ub ➂ W/O Key With Key ➀ Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max N82 Segmental Sprocket ooth sprocket with ast Iron ody Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line 1.13 ub Style eep or Shallow ished Number of P.. ub L... olt Max. Weight eeth iameter ircle ore ➁ ➁ 25 ➁ ➁ N82 Polymeric ished Sprocket with Segmental eeth Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line 1.3 ub Style Shallow or eep ished Shallow ished (S) 1.5", 1.75", 2" eep ished () 6.25", 6.5" Number of P.. Max. ub L... olt Max. Weight eeth iameter ircle ore S SPROKS N250 ll Polymeric Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.63 ub Style Mandrel ore.94 Number of eeth P.. ub➂ ore apacities W/O Key With Key➀ Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max N325 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch ooth ace at Pitch Line.81 ub Style Mandrel ore.94 ore apacities Number of ub➂ P.. W/O Key With Key➀ eeth Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max N9350 Polymeric Sprocket Pitch 3.50 ooth ace at Pitch Line.81 ub Style Mandrel ore.94 ore apacities Number of ub➂ P.. W/O Key With Key➀ eeth Weight ➂ O.. L... Max. Min. Max ➀ ased upon keyed driver sprocket used with polymeric chain at the maximum rated working load. onsult Rexnord for information on steel hub inserts. ➁ ontact factory for hub sizes and weights. ➂ ata without steel hub inserts. IMPORN: Polymeric sprockets with steel hub inserts are recommended for applications using metal chains. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 127
128 SPROKS OUL-LN POLYMRI ILRS orrosion resistant Polymeric ouble-langed Idlers are designed for use with polymeric chains to insure longer system life and quieter operation. he six inch (6) and eight inch (8) diameter doubleflanged idler wheels are manufactured from highstrength, wear-resistant polymeric material with a bronze bushing assembled into each idler. Some of the chains used on these wheels: N45, N77, N78*, N78*, N250, N250WS, N325, N348, N9350, N9350WS. 8 N45, N77, N78, N78, W78, N82, W82, W260, W784, W78, W130, W138. SPROKS eatures Made from polymeric and bronze materials that will not rust. ronze bushed so that it can be used on nonrotating shafts as tail wheels, return support rollers, or drive take-up idlers. ouble tapered flanges to effectively guide the chain into the center of the idler without unnecessary noise and chain wear. ngineered polymer reduces noise. Simple design means the idler is shaft ready and no machining is required. esigned so that two set collars will easily hold the idler in place. * Must machine imension to 3 inches. NO: or chains with extended rivets, singleflanged Polymeric idlers are available upon request. 1 / / 2 IMNSION L imensions (Inches) and Weights (Pounds) ouble iameter Length Width langed Inside Outside ub hru ore Max. Inside Outside Idler Wheels (L) ore Weight ➀ 6.. Wheel Wheel ➀ pprox. Not ushed Wheels are normally stocked. 128 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
129 NOS SPROKS 129
130 RX UKS LVOR UKS Rexnord combined three styles of elevator buckets into one series designated Mill uty. he section thickness of the cast bucket has been increased to accommodate those applications requiring old style -R buckets. Rex S and POLYMRI buckets are available in Mill uty and Style. Rex buckets were designed with over sixty years of experience in the design and manufacturing of bucket elevators. Rex buckets are designed to fill, carry and discharge material efficiently without trouble. uide to Selection Scale: 1 xcellent; 2 Very ood; 3 ood Property ucket Material ast Polymeric abricated Strength Weight orrosion Resistance lean ischarge brasion Resistance ost UKS POLYMRI UKS he Rex light-weight, corrosion resistant, nonmetallic bucket was designed, developed and tested to meet industry s demands. here are numerous advantages and benefits in the use of these buckets; some are noted here: 1. Increases elt (hain) Life by double or better. he polymeric weighs one-fourth as much as a cast bucket, significantly reducing belt (chain) tension. or example, an 80-foot high elevator uses about x 8 buckets weighing a total of 2,722 pounds. he use of polymeric buckets reduces this dead weight to 650 pounds, resulting in greater belt (chain) life. 2. xcellent Wear Resistance. fter many years on the market and tens of thousands of buckets sold, the Rex polymeric bucket has proven itself highly wear resistant. lso, the heavy front lip will help give the longest possible wear life. 3. orrosion Resistant. It won t rust away your profits. Rex polymeric buckets are produced from a very stable material that will not break down under most operating conditions and materials. 4. ood ischarge. clean, smooth, low friction surface allows bulk materials to discharge efficiently less backlegging, more capacity, less recycled material, less elevator boot flooding. 5. Strength has been designed into the bucket at strategic locations for the best impact resistance, resulting in fewer broken buckets. Yet, if there is a major obstruction in the elevator, the bucket will give way, rather than destroying the belt or chain. 6. ood Service uckets are available and made from material approved by the US and for direct contact with meat and food products prepared under federal inspection. ood service buckets are colored white. 7. emperature Range from -40 to +250 allows this bucket to be used in most applications. 8. esigned by elevator manufacturer for elevator user. his bucket was designed by Rexnord the bucket manufacturer with over half a century of bucket elevator experience. he bucket is designed to fill, carry and discharge material efficiently without trouble. 9. pplications: oundry sand, limestone, barite ore, granulated triple phosphate, glass cullet, soda ash, clay bauxite ore, potash, fertilizer, sand, gravel and cement products are only a few of the hundreds of applications in which Rex polymeric buckets are currently being used. 10. imensionally Interchangeable with vast buckets so that the polymeric bucket will fit into the attachment hole punching presently used. 11. Samples: Request samples of this economical, durable bucket for your elevator it will prove itself in all respects. UION POLYMRI UKS ecause of an inherent ability to retain a static charge, an electrical spark may be produced by this bucket. herefore, it should not be used in a combustible environment. Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 130
131 RX UKS LVOR UKS ast Mill uty Polymeric Mill uty ast Style WI LN Y X Y X P NO: style buckets include vent holes to allow air to escape (cast and polymeric). Polymeric Style imensions (Inches) and Weights imensions Inches ack hickness apacity u. t. Weight Pounds Length Width epth ast Polymeric (X-X) (Y-Y) ast Polymeric ➀ MILL UY SYL ➀ Mill uty polymeric buckets are made out of impact modified nylon. style polymeric buckets are made out of polyurethane. or abricated Steel uckets please contact Rexnord s onveying quipment ivision. UION POLYMRI UKS ecause of an inherent ability to retain a static charge, an electrical spark may be produced by this bucket. herefore, it should not be used in a combustible environment. UKS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 131
132 RX N LINK-L UKS N LI WINS RX UK N LI WINS hese wings are usually used with an attachment. K I P O N K I O N R Style ucket Wing M L Style and light Wing L M UKS RX UK N LI WINS imensions Inches Wt. with Wing Rivet No. I K L M N O ➀ P ➁ R Lbs ➂ ➀ Swivel-rivet diameters. ➁ ucket-or-flight-bolt diameters. ➂ his wing has solid lug no clevis. LINK-L UK N LI WINS K I P Style ucket Wing O M L N L N K I Style ucket Wing LINK-L UK N LI WINS imensions Inches Wt. with Wing Rivet No. I K L M N O ➀ P ➁ R Lbs ➂ ➂ O P K I O Style and light Wing L M R N ➀ Swivel-rivet diameters. ➁ ucket-or-flight-bolt diameters. ➂ his wing has solid lug no clevis. 132 Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request.
133 RX N LINK-L UKS N LI WINS PUNIN OR US WI LS Punching 1 Punching 2 Punching 6 Punching 8 Punching 9 he bucket punching dimensions shown are Manufacturers Standard for mill duty style and continuous style buckets. elt width should exceed bucket length by one inch for buckets up to 16 inches, and by two inches for buckets 16 inches or over. olt diameters for all buckets are 1/4 inch for buckets up to 10 inches, 5/16 inch for buckets 10 inches or over. Minimum length of bolts, of attaching buckets to belts, is determined as follows: dd (1) thickness of belt body (all 1/6 inch per ply), (2) total thickness of rubber covers, (3) thickness of rubber washer (allow 1/4 inch), (4) thickness of bucket back, and (5) thickness of nut (assumed equal to bolt diameter). rubber washer is used one each bolt, between bucket and belt, to act as a cushion when bucket passes around the pulleys, and to provide open spaces which prevent fine material from accumulating or packing between bucket and belt. ight-fitting bolts prevent moisture from working into belt. imensions Inches ucket ➀ ucket ➀ ucket ➀ ucket ➀ ucket Length Length Length Length Length ➀ PUNIN 1 PUNIN 2 PUNIN 6 PUNIN 8 PUNIN /16 3/ / / / / / / /2 7/ /2 7/ / /2 7/ / / / /2 7/8 ➀ or continuous style buckets, centerline for single row of holes, or centerline between double row, will be at mid-depth of bucket. UKS Note: imensions are subject to change. ertified dimensions of ordered material are furnished upon request. 133
134 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION SLION O INS he following sections of this catalog are devoted to presenting comprehensive selection procedures for drive, conveyor, and elevator chains. he information included provides economical selections, yet assures the correct choice of components which can withstand the rigors of the application. ecause there is an almost unlimited variety of component applications, these selections are meant only to serve as a guide when designing new systems. On existing installations, the selection guides will prove helpful in determining whether a component in use is the most economical choice. hey will also serve to guide the upgrading of present installations where service life is not satisfactory. Rexnord Selection Services Rexnord application engineers are available to assist in the selection of chains and components. ather all pertinent technical information regarding the application, and call us at (414) or fax us at (414) hain Ratings s a result of extensive testing and field experience, load ratings have been established for drive chains based on wear durability and fatigue strength to provide 15,000 hours chain life under the ideal conditions of clean environment, proper installation, maintenance, and lubrication. rive chains are selected in the tables by horsepower and speed. ll other types of metal chains should be selected based on working load and chain speed limitations, with due regard for experience in similar application environments. chain s working load is the maximum load (chain pull) a chain can withstand without a shortened life due to accelerated wear or breakage. Polymeric (non-metallic) chains have unique selection considerations which are covered in the Polymeric section of this catalog. Rex and Link-elt chains are also rated according to the Standards and Policies and Procedure Recordings of the merican hain ssociation. Most notably, we publish a minimum ultimate tensile strength (MUS). his represents the minimum force at which the unused, undamaged chain could fail when subjected to a single tensile loading test. It should be noted that chains should not be selected based on ultimate strength ratings. esign considerations chosen to maximize ultimate strengths frequently are not consistent with obtaining the best possible resistance to the modes of failure that most often limit a chain s life (e.g. low-cycle fatigue, corrosion induced embrittlement, etc.). hains that sacrifice some degree of tensile strength to obtain greater ductility, toughness, and resistance to embrittling conditions are far better suited to most application environments. RIV RIN SLION Rex and Link-elt drive chains of all steel construction are ruggedly built, dependable chains for service in the slow to moderate speed ranges and heavy loads. Since they operate over cast sprockets with hardened teeth or fabricated steel sprockets, and are long in pitch compared to NSI roller chain, they are a more economical choice than other chains. Under exposed conditions, or where dust and dirt are present, the designed, built-in clearance between the working parts of our drive chains make them very suitable for service. onveyor and elevator drives are ideal for Rex and Link-elt drive chains since they withstand heavy shock loads and exposed operating conditions. Rexnord s 3100 Series of steel chain is designed to have advantages and features of our other steel chains and to be a replacement for NSI roller chains. Rex and Link-elt drive chains are not designed for attachments. See pages 10 to 49 for chains with attachments. NRL SIN ONSIRIONS asis for Selection Selections are based on laboratory tested and field proven horsepower capacity and speed data rather than working loads. he horsepower capacity ratings have been developed on the basis of fatigue strength and wear capacity of the chain components. Under ideal conditions of clean environment, proper installation, maintenance, and lubrication, the selections listed are intended to provide 15,000 hours chain life for 100 pitch strands. More economical chain selections are available. or applications where a a chain life of less than 15,000 hours is acceptable, contact your Rexnord representative. conomy When selecting a chain drive, consider all elements, but use only those that are required for the safe and successful operation of the drive application. In evaluating the economy of a chain-sprocket drive system, consider the overall cost of the chain and sprockets in the system and not merely the cost per foot of chain. hain he best chain and sprocket combination is selected in the 12-tooth column. Occasionally, the same chain will appear under the three sprocket selections; that is 9, 12, and 15. his same chain is the most economical choice of all the other chains that were considered. Selection for 9-tooth sprockets are limited, in some cases, by commercial steel shafting. Where alloy shafting is required, see Rexnord for recommendations. 134
135 SIN N SLION Sprockets Rex sprockets are designed with full knowledge of the requirements for proper chain-sprocket interaction. or each size and type of sprocket, Rexnord ngineers have selected the proper tooth pressure angle, pitch-line-clearance, bottom diameter and tooth pocket radius for maximum service. abricated steel sprockets are recommended for all chain drives. ast sprockets with hardened teeth are available and may be suitable for slower drives. Largest Keyseated ore he largest keyseated bore next to each chain selection, indicates the largest shaft that can be used with the sprocket hub selected. he sprocket hub will successfully deliver the required P and RPM. he hub specified is not designed to deliver the possible torque which would be allowed by the largest keyseated shaft. n example of the latter would be a line shaft. If a larger bore than shown is required, select a larger sprocket. he largest bore is selected from the hub size table for the material shown, either ast Sprockets with hardened teeth or abricated Steel, and defines the largest hub diameter which will fit without interfering with the chain. hain Slack or best operating service, allow a sag in the slack strand equal to 3% of sprocket centers. RIV RRNMNS Relative position of sprockets in drives should receive careful consideration. Satisfactory operation can be secured with the centerline of the drive at any angle to the horizontal, if proper consideration is given. ertain arrangements require less attention and care than others are, therefore, less apt to cause trouble. Various arrangements are illustrated in the diagrams. he direction of rotation of the drive sprocket is indicated. est rrangements rrangements considered good practice are illustrated in igs. 1, 2, 3, and 4. he direction of rotation of the drive sprockets in igs. 1 and 4 can be reversed. Other cceptable rrangements If none of the above arrangements can be followed, an attempt should be made to use an arrangement as illustrated in igs. 5, 6, and 7. ig. 5 ig. 6 ig. 7 When the large sprocket is directly above the small sprocket, ig. 8, a drive cannot operate with much chain slack. s the chain wears, shaft-center distance must be adjusted or an idler be placed against the outside of the slack strand (near the small sprocket) to adjust slack and keep the chain in proper contact with the small sprocket. With the drive slightly inclined, ig. 5, less care will be required, because the weight of the slack chain strand helps to maintain better contact between the chain and the sprockets. Where center distances are short, or drives nearly horizontal, the slack should be in the bottom strand, especially where take-up adjustment is limited, ig. 6 rather than ig. 9. n accumulation of slack in the top strand may allow the chain to be pinched between the sprockets, ig. 9. When small sprockets are used on horizontal drives, it is better to have the slack strand on the bottom, ig. 7, rather than on the top, ig. 10. Otherwise, with the appreciable amount of slack, the strands may strike each other. Least Recommended rrangements SIN N SLION ig. 9 ig. 2 ig. 1 ig. 8 ig. 10 ig. 3 ig
136 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION RIV IN SLION Selecting a hain Using Selection ables Step 1. etermine orsepower Motor or actual. Step 2. Select Service actor (S) See able 1, pages Step 3. alculate esign orsepower (P). P = S x P. Step 4. etermine Speed river Shaft RPM. Step 5. Select the chains in the 12. column from able 2, pages xample: 20 P; 70 RPM; 1.25 S: (P = P) 25 P RPM RIVR SPROK NO. O ype river U SIZ LR of Sprocket ub Lub Letter R / R / /16 R / / / /16 R / / /16 I I f. Noise Smaller pitch chain operating over cut tooth sprockets will provide quieter and smoother operation. Step 7. or alternates to the 12-ooth Sprocket Selection, see the 9- or 15-ooth Sprocket Selections. heck: Space Will sprocket and chain fit in the allowable space? or pitch diameter, see table on page 170. enerally minimum space required for chain and sprocket = 1.2 x Pitch iameter. Speed Ratio = river Shaft RPM riven Shaft RPM vailability Is riven sprocket available for required speed ratio? Select a 9 Sprocket where greater speed ratios and minimum space are required. he majority of 9-tooth selections will result in a space advantage R /16 R / J / /16 low 9-ooth Sprocket Selection Note: If the RPM appears in two rows in the RPM column of the dvantages Selection able (i.e. 70 RPM appears in and RPM rows) 1. use the faster speed range for greatest economy. lso, see Step 6 for alternate selection. Limitations 12-OO SPROK SLION VNS 1. Most economical Power Package of chain and sprockets. 2. Quiet operation. 3. Increased wear life approximately 70% greater chain wear life than a 9-tooth selection. 4. est for space available and system economy. 5. Offers large speed ratio possibilities. 2. reater Speed Ratios enerally, requires less space than the 12. sprocket selection. 1. enerally higher cost 2. reater noise 3. Maximum wear 4. Less smooth running, more pulsations. (See hordal ction able on next page.) Step 6. hoose the proper drive When an alternative is listed for a given selection (i.e Series hain is listed) choose the better drive based on the following considerations: a. ost valuate the total cost of each drive package: chain and sprockets. b. Space Limitations he smaller pitch chain (usually 3100 Series) should provide the drive requirements in less space. c. vailability If delivery is crucial, consult Rexnord to see which of the two chains is more readily available. d. NSI Replacement he 3100 Series hains replace corresponding NSI roller chains up to 350 RPM. his series chain operates over the same sprockets. e. Shaft Size he larger pitch chain of the two will probably have to be used when the driver shaft size exceeds the maximum bore listed for the smaller chain. Select a 15 Sprocket where long centers are necessary and space is not a limiting factor where maximum speed ratios are not required or where quiet operation is desired. dvantages 1. Most economical for long centers. 2. Least wear approximately 150% greater chain wear life than the 9. selection. 3. Least noise. 15-ooth Sprocket Selection Limitations 1. More space required. 2. ewer speed ratio possibilities. 3. More costly than minimum center distances. 4. More chain required in the system. 136
137 SIN N SLION Step 8. etermine number of teeth on the riven sprocket, minimum center distance and chain length. a. Multiply number of teeth on river by desired speed ratio (Step 7) to determine number of teeth on riven sprocket. b. Refer to pages for minimum center distance and chain length calculations. Step 9. Select river and riven Sprocket ubs and Material. a. river Sprocket and ub he sprocket hub size letter in the selection table identifies the minimum orque Rated hub that will transmit the desired horsepower. Refer to the example shown in Step 5 on page 136. or this example, the hub is specified as letter I. he table on page 111 recommends a hub size of 4.5" by 2.0" (for a solid sprocket). he table also identifies the torque being transmitted, in this case up to 23,000 in-lbs. he hub size and bore diameter listed are recommended based on the limitations of the typical shaft material having a maximum torsion shear stress of 6,000 psi. If the shaft has already been determined, use the bore size column to select the appropriate hub dimensions. Note: ast sprockets are not recommended for drive application due to the superior wear resistance of fabricated steel sprockets with induction hardened teeth. If a cast sprocket is desired be sure to check availability of the cast pattern as listed beginning on page 113. If the sprocket unit number is not listed, a pattern is not available. he table gives stocked hub dimensions. ast to order sprocket hubs would be sized per page 111. b. riven Sprocket and ub he proper riven sprocket hub can be determined from the following: riven ub orque = Speed Ratio x river ub orque he speed ratio and driver torque were determined in Step 8b and Step 9a. he riven sprocket hub is selected based on the driven hub torque and using the tables on page 111. Referring to the example above, the driver hub was size I and the torque transmitted was 23,000 in-lbs. If the speed ratio were 2 to 1, we would be transmitting 46,000 in.-lbs. and would require a size L hub, (5.25 by 3) or larger. c. Largest Keyseated ore he Largest Keyseated ore next to each chain selection indicates the largest shaft that can be used with the sprocket, sprocket material, and hub size letter selected. Step 10. Use the recommended lubrication method as shown in able 2, pages or the recommended lubricant, see page 166. Note: or example of selection, see page 138. hordal ction he rise and fall of each pitch of chain as it engages a sprocket is termed chordal action and causes repeated chain speed variations (pulsations). s illustrated by the chart below, chordal action and speed variation decreases as the number of teeth in the small sprocket is increased, and becomes negligible when 21 or more teeth are used. or example, the variation between minimum and maximum chain speed due to chordal action is 13% for a 6-tooth sprocket, 4% for an 11-tooth sprocket, and 1% for a 21-tooth sprocket. Where smooth operation is essential, use as many teeth as possible in the small sprocket. Variation in hain Speed ue to hordal ction V V 2 1 PR N SP VRIION = X 100 V R = PI RIUS SPROK WL 180 r = R x OS = NUMR O N - RPM MINIMUM IN SP r 180 r MINIMUM IN SP NUMR O IN SPROK R R 180 ORL RIS N LL O IN = R r V = 1 V = 2 2p rn 12 2p RN 12 SIN N SLION 137
138 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION RIV IN SLION Selecting a hain Using Selection ables rive hain Selection xample: single roll rock crusher is to be operated at 44 RPM driven by a 50 P engine. he speed reducer has an output shaft of 3.94", operating at 90 RPM. he crusher shaft is 5.94". he crusher will operate 8 hours per day. river sprocket space restriction is 16". Step 1. orsepower Motor or actual: 50 P Step 2. Service actor ype of pplication: rusher Service actor: (See able 1 and onverted Service actor chart on page 139.) 10 R, Motor drive = 1.75 S 10 R, ngine driven = 2.0 S Step 3. esign orsepower P = 50 P x 2.0 S = 100 P Step 4. Speed and Shaft Size Speed and diameter of river shaft: 90 RPM; 3.94" Speed and diameter of riven shaft: 44 RPM; 6.94" Step 5. rive hain and river Sprocket chain is selected for a 12-tooth river sprocket at 100 P, 90 RPM (see able 2 for selection). RX238 hain; 12-tooth river Sprocket Step 6. hoice of rives choice must be made between two drives when both appear. owever, at this rating, there is only one chain available RX238. Step 7. Space and Speed Ratio heck space available for river sprocket: Using the pitch diameter table on page 170 a. 12-tooth sprocket has a pitch diameter equivalent to pitches. he diameter in inches would be x the pitch (3.5" for RX238) = 13.52". b. he minimum space required = 1.2 x 13.52" = 16.23" which is larger than the space available. Repeat steps 5 and 6 using the 9-tooth column in the selection tables. c. or a 9-tooth sprocket R0635 would be selected. he minimum space would be 1.2 x 13.16" = 15.79" which meets the space restriction. etermine Speed Ratio: Ratio = river Shaft RPM = 90 RPM = 2.05 to 1 riven Shaft RPM 44 RPM Step 8. rive Sprocket and enter istance and hange Length he nearest ratio to 2.05 to 1 is 2.00, with an 18-tooth riven sprocket. he minimum center distance is 2.06 feet and 9.38 feet of chain is required. etermine the minimum center distance per the formula on page 171: Min. p (18 + 9)/6 + 1 = 5.5 pitches = 55 6 Min. " 5.5 x 4.5" = 2.06 feet 12 etermine the approximate chain length per the formula on page 172: LP = 2(5.5) + (18 + 9)/2 + ( x (18-9) 2 /5.5) = 24.9 pitches 25 pitches is the minimum (rounded up) L" = 25 x 4.5 = 9.38 feet 12 Step 9. rive and rive Sprocket Material and ub Selection or the selection table used in Step 7, the required hub letter is N. Per the table on page 109 an N style hub is rated for 70,000 inch pounds and has a diameter of 6" and a length of 3". he plate thickness is 1.75". he total length through bore is 4.75" (3" "). Since the sprocket is to be mounted on a reducer, it is recommended that the hub style is offset hubs, one side flush. his would need to be specified as such on the order. he drive hub will need to handle 140,000 inch pounds since the speed ratio is 2 to 1. Per the table on page 109 a size P hub is required. his hub would be 8.75" in diameter and the length through bore would be 10.50". Step 10. Lubrication he type of lubrication for this drive selection, as shown in Selection able 2, is oil bath. 138
139 SIN N SLION Service actors Use the table to find the application or the closest similar application. Note whether the operating time will be up to 10 hours a day or from 10 hours to 24 hours a day. In the column to the right of the application, select the Service actor. his Service actor determines the esign orsepower for use in the hain Selection able. Occasional and Intermittent Service or ngine riven pplications he Service actors listed in able 1 are for electric motor drives and normal conditions. or multi-cylinder engine driven applications and all applications operating intermittently up to 3 hours per day, use the onverted Service actors listed in the chart below. irst, find the Service actor of the same application operating 10 hours per day in able 1. Next, in the first column of the chart below, find this same service factor in bold face type. hen, to the right under the desired hours service and prime mover locate the onverted Service actor. or example, on page 139, the Service actor for a uniformly loaded belt conveyor at 10 hours a day is rom the chart, for the same application, the following are the service factors for various conditions: 1. ngine driven 10 hours per day; use 1.25 Service actor. 2. ngine driven 3 hours intermittently; use 1.00 Service actor. 3. Motor driven 3 hours intermittently; use.80 Service actor. onverted Service actors 10 rs Per ay 24 rs Per ay Intermittent 3 rs Per ay ➀ Motor ngine Motor ngine ➁ Motor ngine ➀ or applications operating less than 3 hours per day and applications driven by single cylinder engines, refer to actory for other service factors. ➁ hese service factors are based on the assumption that the system is free from serious critical and torsional vibrations and that maximum momentary or starting loads do not exceed 200% of the normal load. Note: or extremely wet or abrasive environments add 0.25 to the applicable service factor. SIN N SLION L 1 SRVI ORS LIS Y INUSRY M Recommendations actors are minimum and normal conditions are assumed. Service Service Service Service actor actor actor actor pplication pplication pplication pplication our our our our our our our our rewing & istilling ottling Machinery rew Kettles ontinuous an illing Machinery ookers ontinuous Mash ub ontinuous Scale opper requent Start lay Working Industry rick Press riquette Machine lay Working Machinery Pug Mill istilling (See rewing) redges able Reels onveyors utter ead rives Jig rives Maneuvering Winches Pumps Screen rive Stackers Utility Winches ood Industry eet Slicer ottling Machine, an illing ooker ough Mixer, Meat rinder Lumber Industry arkers ydraulic Mechanical urner onveyor hain & rag Saw hain & raneway ransfer ebarking rum dger & ang eed reen hain Line Rolls, Log eck, Log aul (Incline & Well ype) Log urning evice Main Log onveyor Off earing Rolls Planer eed & loor hains Planer ilting oist Re-Saw Merry-o-Round onv Roll ases, Slab onveyor Small Waste onveyor elt Small Waste onveyor hain Sorting able ipple oist onv. & rive ransfer onveyor & Rolls ray rive, rimmer eed & Waste onveyor Oil Industry hiller Oil Well Pumping... ➀ ➀ Paraffin ilter Pass Rotary Kiln Paper Mills gitators (Mixers) arket uxiliaries, ydraulic arker Mechanical arking rum eater & Pulper leacher alendars alendars, Super onverting Machine (xcept utters, Platters) onveyor ouch utters, Platters ylinder ryer elt Stretcher elt Whipper Jordan Log aul Press Pulp Machine Reel Stock hest Suction Roll Washer & hickeners Winders Rubber Industry alender Mixer Mill (2 or more) Sheeter ire uilding Machine... ➀ ➀ ire & ube Press Opener... ➀ ➀ ubers & Strainers Sewage isposal ar Screws hemical eeders ollectors ewatering Screens rit ollectors Scum reakers Slow or Rapid Mixer Sludge ollectors hickeners Vacuum ilters extile Industry atcher, alendar ard Machine loth inishing Machine ry ans, ryers yeing Machinery Knitting Machine... ➀ ➀ Loom, Mangle, Napper Pads Range rives... ➀ ➀ Slashers, Soapers Spinners enter rames, Washers Winders (xcept atchers) ➀ Refer to actory. able 1 extracted from M Standard pplication lassification for earmotors (M ) with the permission of the merican ear Manufacturers ssociation, One homas ircle, Washington 5,.. 139
140 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION L 1 (ont d.) SRVI ORS LIS Y PPLIIONS M Recommendations actors are minimum and normal conditions are assumed. gitators Paper Mills (Mixers) Pure Liquid (lade or Prop.) Liquids & Solids Variable ensity Liquids pron onveyor Uniform eavy uty pron eeder ssembly onveyor Uniform eavy uty all Mills arge aul Puller arking rum ydraulic uxiliaries Mechanical ar Screen (Sewage) atchers (extile) eater & Pulper (Paper) elt onveyor Uniform eavy uty elt eeder ending Roll (Mach.) leacher (Paper) lowers entrifugal Lobe Vane ottling Machinery rewing... ➁ ➁ rick Press (lay Working) riquette Machine (lay Working) ucket onveyor Uniform onveyor eavy uty levator ontinuous levator Uniform Load levator eavy uty alenders (Paper) Super (Paper) (Rubber) (extile) ane Knives an illing Machines ard Machine (extile) ar umpers ar Pullers ement Kilns... ➀ ➀ entrifugal lowers, ompressors, ischarge levators, ans or Pumps hain onveyor Uniform eavy uty hemical eeder (Sewage) larifiers lassifiers lay Working... ➁ ➁ ollectors (Sewage) ompressors entrifugal Lobe, Recipr. Multi-ylinder Recipr. Single-ylinder oncrete Mixers ontinuous Intermittent onverting Machine (Paper) Service Service Service Service actor actor actor actor pplication pplication pplication pplication our our our our our our our our ➀ Refer to actory. ➁ Page 139. onveyors Uniformly Loaded or ed: pron, ssembly, elt ucket, hain, light, Oven or Screw onveyors eavy uty, Not Uniformly ed: pron ssembly, elt, ucket, hain, light, Oven or Screw onveyors Severe uty: Reciprocating, Shaker onveyors Live Rolls... ➀ ➀ ookers (rewing and istilling) ood ooling ower ans orced raft... ➀ ➀ Induced raft ouch (Paper) ranes & oists eavy uty ranes & oists Medium uty: Reversing, Skip, ravel or rolley Motion rushers Ore or Stone utters (Paper) ylinder (Paper) ewatering Screen (Sewage) isc eeder istilling... ➁ ➁ ouble ction Pump 2 or more ylinders Single ylinder... ➀ ➀ ough Mixer (ood) raw ench arriage Main rive redges... ➁ ➁ yeing Machine (extile) ryers (Paper) ryers & coolers (Mills Rotary) levators ucket Uniform Load ucket eavy Load ucket ontinuous entrifugal ischarge scalators reight ravity ischarge Man Lift, Passenger... ➀ ➀ Service and Lift scalators ans entrifugal ooling ower Induced r ooling ower orced r.... ➀ ➀ Induced raft Large Industrial Large (Mine, etc.) Light (Small iameter) eeders pron or elt isc Reciprocating Screw elt Stretcher (Paper) Whipper (Paper) light onveyor Uniform onveyor eavy ood Industry... ➁ ➁ orming Machine (Metal Mills) reight levator enerator (Not Welding) Welding... ➀ ➀ ravity ischarge levator rit ollector (Sewage) ammer Mills Induced raft an Jordans (Paper) Kilns (Rotary) Laundry Washers & umblers Line Shafts eavy Shock Load Moderate Shock Load Uniform Load Live Roll onveyors... ➀ ➀ Lobe lowers or ompressors Log aul (Paper) Looms (extile) Lumber Industry... ➁ ➁ Machine ools uxiliary rives ending Roll Main rives Notching Press (elted)... ➀ ➀ Plate Planer Punch Press (ear) apping Machines Mangle (extile) Man Lifts (levator)... ➀ ➀ Mash ubs (rewing) Meat rinder (ood) Metal Mills raw ench arriage raw ench Main rive orming Machine Slitters able onveyors Non-Rev Wire rawing of lattening Wire Winding Mills Rotary all ement Kilns... ➀ ➀ oolers, ryers, Kilns Pebble, Rod, umbling arrels Mine an Mixers oncrete (ont) oncrete (Inter) onstant ensity Variable ensity Rubber Sewage Nappers (extile) Notching Press elt riven Oil Industry... ➁ ➁ Ore rusher Oven onveyor Uniform eavy Paper Mill... ➁ ➁ Passenger levator... ➀ ➀ Pebble Mills Planer (Reversing) Presses (Paper) (Printing) Propeller ype gitator (Pure Liquid) Proportioning Pump Pug Mills (lay) Pullers (arge aul) Pulp Machines (Paper) Pulverizers (ammermill) Pumps entrifugal Proportioning Single cting, 3 or more yl ouble cting, 2 or more yl Rotary ear, Lobe or Vane Punch Press ear riven Reciprocating ompressor Single ylinder Multi-ylinder Reciprocating onveyor, eeder Pump, 3 or more yl Reel (Paper) Rod Mills Rotary Pumps Rotary Screen Rubber Industry... ➁ ➁ Scale opper (rewing) Screens ir Washing ewatering Rotary Stone or ravel raveling Water Intake Screw onveyor Uniform eavy uty or eeder Scum reaker (Sewage) Service levator and Lift Sewage isposal... ➁ ➁ Shaker onveyor Sheeter (Rubber) Single ction Pump 1 or 2 ylinder... ➀ ➀ 3 or More Single ylinder Pump... ➀ ➀ Skip oist Slab Pusher Slitters Sludge ollector (Sewage) Soapers (extile) Spinners (extile) Steering ear Stock hest (Paper) Stokers Stone rushers Suction Roll (Paper) able onveyor Non-Reversing apping Machines enter rames (extile) extile Industry... ➁ ➁ hickeners (Sewage) ire uilding Machine... ➀ ➀ ire & ube Press Opener... ➀ ➀ ravel Motion (rane) rolley Motion (rane) umbling arrels Vacuum ilters (Sewage) Vane lower Washers and hickeners (Paper) Winches, Maneuvering (redge) Winders (Paper) (extile) Windlass Wire rawing Machine Winding Machine
141 SIN N SLION L 2 RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR /2 20 R / /16 R /16 R / /2 R / /16 R /16 R / /2 15 R /16 R / / /16 R / /2 R /16 R / / /16 R /16 7-1/2 10 R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 R /16 R /16 R / / / / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / /2 20 R /16 R /16 R / / / /2 R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 15 R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 R /16 R /16 R / / / / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 20 R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 15 R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 L 2 ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Manual Manual Manual 1 P 2 P 3 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R3112 7/16 R / ➀ / / /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 I / /16 R / / /16 K 1 2 R /16 R /16 R /16 N 3/4 1 R /16 R /16 R /16 O 1/2 3/4 R /16 X /16 R P 1/4 1/2 R RX238 7 RX S 7-1/2 10 R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / / /16 R /16 R / / /16 J 4 5 R / /16 R / / /16 K 3 4 R /16 R /16 R / /16 L 2 3 R /16 R /16 R /16 N 1 2 R /16 RX238 7 X /2 P 3/4 1 RO /16 R /2 RX Q 1/2 3/4 RO R RX S 1/4 1/2 X RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ U / /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 I 7-1/2 10 R / /16 R / / /16 J 5 7-1/2 R /16 R / / / /16 K 4 5 R /16 R /16 R / /16 L 3 4 R /16 X /16 R N / R /16 RX238 7 X /2 O 1 2 RX /2 R /2 RX Q 3/4 1 RO RX R S 1/2 3/4 X RO /2 RO635 ➀ 1/4 1/2 ➀ RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ X ype of ub Lubrication Letter Manual Manual Manual SIN N SLION Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
142 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages SIN N SLION RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / /2 20 R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / R / /16 R /16 R /16 R / /16 R /16 R /16 R / /16 R /16 R /16 R / /16 R /16 R /16 R / /16 R /16 R /16 R /16 R / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / / /16 R /16 R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Manual low Manual 4 P 5 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR / /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / /2 15 R / /16 R / / /16 I /2 R /16 R / / /16 J 7-1/2 10 R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K 5 7-1/2 R /16 R /16 R / /16 M 4 5 R /16 X /16 R /16 N 3 4 R /16 RX238 7 X / /16 O 2 3 R /16 RX238 7 RX P 1 2 RO RX R S 3/4 1 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ 1/2 3/4 X RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ U 1/4 1/2 RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 17-1/ /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 I /2 R / /16 R / / /16 I 12-1/2 15 R /16 R / / /16 J /2 R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K 7-1/2 10 X /16 R /16 R / /16 L 5 7-1/2 R /16 X /16 R /16 N 4 5 R /16 RX238 7 X /2 O 3 4 R /16 RX238 7 RX P 2 3 RO /16 R /2 RX Q 1 2 RO RO /2 RX S 3/4 1 X RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ U 1/2 3/4 X /2 RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ W 1/4 1/2 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Z ype of ub Lubrication Letter Manual Manual Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
143 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath low Oil ath low 7-1/2 P 10 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I 17-1/2 20 R /16 R / / /16 J /2 R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K 12-1/2 15 X /16 R /16 R / / /16 K /2 RX /16 X /16 R / /16 L 7-1/2 10 RX /16 RX238 7 X / /16 N 5 7-1/2 R /16 RX238 7 RX O 4 5 RX /16 RX RX P 3 4 RO /16 RX R Q 2 3 RO RO /2 RX R 1 2 X RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ U 3/4 1 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ W 1/2 3/4 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Y 1/4 1/2 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ ➀ /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / /16 R /16 R / ➀ / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R / / / /16 K 17-1/2 20 X /16 R /16 R / / /16 K /2 RX /16 R /16 R / /16 L 12-1/2 15 RX /16 X /16 R /16 M /2 RX /16 RX238 7 X /2 N 7-1/2 10 R /16 RX238 7 RX O 5 7-1/2 RX /16 R RX P 4 5 RO /16 RO /2 R Q 3 4 RX /2 RO /2 RX R 2 3 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ S 1 2 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ W 3/4 1 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X ype of ub Lubrication Letter Manual low Manual SIN N SLION Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
144 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages SIN N SLION RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R / /16 R /16 R /16 R / /16 R /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / R /16 R /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath low 15 P 20 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R / /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K X /16 R /16 R / / /16 K RX /16 X /16 R /16 L 17-1/2 20 RX /16 RX238 7 R M /2 R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N 12-1/2 15 R /16 RX238 7 RX O /2 RX /16 R RX O 7-1/2 10 RO /16 RX R P 5 7-1/2 RX /2 RO /2 RX Q 4 5 RO RO /2 RO635 ➀ R 3 4 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ S 2 3 X RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ U 1 2 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Y 3/4 1 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Z 1/2 3/4 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ ➀ ype of ub Lubrication Letter low Manual R /16 R /16 R / / /16 R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 Oil ath X /16 R /16 R /2 K / /16 R RX /16 R /16 L / RX /16 X /16 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N 17-1/2 20 R /16 RX238 7 RX O low R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / ➀ / / /16 R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J low /2 RX /16 R RX O 12-1/2 15 RO /16 R RX O /2 RO /16 RX RX O 7-1/2 10 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 5 7-1/2 RO RO /2 RO635 ➀ S 4 5 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 3 4 X RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ U 2 3 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 1 2 ➀ X1307 ➀ RO1307 ➀ Z Manual Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
145 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R / / /16 R / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / /16 R /16 R / / / R /16 R /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R / / / /8 J R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath low Oil ath low 25 P 30 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K X /16 R /16 R / / /16 K RX /16 R /16 R /16 L RX /16 R /16 R L RX /16 X /16 R M R /16 RX238 7 X1568 1/2 N RX /16 RX238 7 RX O 17-1/2 20 RO /16 R RX O /2 RO /16 R R P 12-1/2 15 RO /16 RO /2 R P /2 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 7-1/2 10 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ R 5 7-1/2 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 4 5 X RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 3 4 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V 2 3 ➀ X1037 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X X /16 R / RX /16 R /16 R / /16 R / RX /16 X /16 R L RX /16 RX238 7 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 RX238 7 RX O RO /16 R RX O 17-1/2 20 RO /16 RX R P /2 RO /16 RO /2 R P 12-1/2 15 RX /2 RO /2 RX Q /2 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 7-1/2 10 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ S 5 7-1/2 X RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 4 5 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 3 4 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RX1306 ➀ W 2 3 ➀ X1307 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Y ype of ub Lubrication Letter K L low Manual low Manual SIN N SLION Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
146 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages SIN N SLION RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K RX /16 R /16 R / /16 K R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / /16 K X /16 R /16 R /16 L R /16 R /16 R / / / /16 R /16 R / R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page 109. L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath low Oil ath low Oil ath 35 P 40 P 45 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR RX /16 R /16 R L / RX /16 X /16 R M RX /16 RX238 7 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 RX238 7 RX O RX /16 R RX O RO /16 R R P 17-1/2 20 RO /16 RO /2 R P /2 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 12-1/2 15 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q /2 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R 7-1/2 10 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 5 7-1/2 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 4 5 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V 3 4 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X 2 3 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ Z RX /16 R /16 R L / RX /16 X /16 R M RX /16 RX238 7 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 RX238 7 RX O RX /16 R RX O RO /16 R RX O RO /16 RO /2 R P 17-1/2 20 RX /2 RX /2 RX Q /2 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 12-1/2 15 RX /2 RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R /2 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 7-1/2 10 RO RX1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 5 7-1/2 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 4 5 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 2 3 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X R / /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / / /16 I ype of ub Lubrication Letter low Manual low Manual Oil ath 45 P continued on next page. 146
147 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R /16 R J / /16 R / X /16 R /16 K /16 R / RX /16 R /16 K / RX /16 R / L RX /16 X / L R /16 RX M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 RX238 7 RX N RX /16 R RX O R /16 R /16 R / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / / R /16 R /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R / / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J R /16 R /16 R / / /16 K X /16 R /16 R / /16 K RX /16 R / /16 L RX /16 R / L R /16 R /16 R / / / R /16 R /16 R / / / R /16 R / / / /16 I R /16 R / / / /16 I R /16 R / / /16 J X /16 R /16 R /16 J RX /16 R / / /16 K RX /16 R / L RX /16 X / L L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter 45 P ont d Oil ath low SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR RO /16 R RX O RO /16 RX RX P RX /2 RO /2 RX Q 17-1/2 20 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q /2 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 12-1/2 15 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R /2 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1027 ➀ S 7-1/2 10 X RO1306 ➀ RX1027 ➀ 5 7-1/2 X /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V 4 5 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 3 4 ➀ ➀ RO1306 ➀ Y ype of ub Lubrication Letter low Manual 50 P RX /16 RX238 7 R M Oil ath R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 RX238 7 RX238 9 N RX /16 RX238 7 RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 RX R P RO /16 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 17-1/2 20 RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q low Oil ath /2 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R 12-1/2 15 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S /2 RO RO1036 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 7-1/2 10 X RO1036 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 5 7-1/2 X /2 RO1036 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 4 5 ➀ X1307 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X 3 4 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ Z Manual 60 P RX /16 RX238 7 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N Oil ath RX /16 RX238 7 RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 RX R P RO /16 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q Oil ath RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q 17-1/2 20 RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R /2 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S low 12-1/2 15 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S /2 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 7-1/2 10 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U Manual SIN N SLION Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
148 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages SIN N SLION RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR R /16 R / / / R / /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R /16 R / / /16 I R /16 R /16 R / /16 J X /16 R /16 R /16 J RX /16 R /16 R / /16 K RX /16 R /16 R L RX /16 X /16 R M R /16 RX238 7 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 N R /16 R / / / X /16 R /16 R / / /16 I X /16 R /16 R / /16 J X /16 R /16 R /16 J RX /16 R /16 R / /16 K RX /16 R /16 R L RX /16 X /16 R M R /16 RX238 7 X /2 M RX /16 RX238 7 X /2 N RO /16 RX238 7 RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O R /16 R / / /16 I X /16 R /16 R / / /16 I X /16 R /16 R / /16 J RX /16 R /16 R / /16 K RX /16 R /16 R /2 K RX /16 X /16 R L R /16 RX238 7 X /2 M RX /16 RX238 7 X /2 N RO /16 RX238 7 RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath 70 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR RX /16 RX238 7 RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 RX R P RX /2 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R 17-1/2 20 RO RX1207 ➀ RX1027 ➀ S /2 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1027 ➀ S 12-1/2 15 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1027 ➀ /2 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 90 P RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX /2 RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R Oil ath RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 17-1/2 20 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S /2 X RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ 12-1/2 15 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U /2 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V ype of ub Lubrication Letter Oil ath low 7-1/2 10 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V 5 7-1/2 ➀ X1307 ➀ X1307 ➀ Y Manual 80 P RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 RO /2 R P Oil ath RX /2 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S Oil ath 17-1/2 20 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S /2 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ 12-1/2 15 RO /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U low /2 ➀ RO1036 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U 7-1/2 10 ➀ X1307 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 5 7-1/2 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ Y Manual Oil ath low Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
149 SIN N SLION L 2 (ont d.) RIV IN SLION LS Note: Rex drive chain selections are displayed in the tables. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages RPM river Sprocket SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR /16 R / /16 I R /16 R /16 J R /16 R / /16 K R /16 R /2 K RX /16 R /16 R L R /16 RX238 7 R M RX /16 RX238 7 X /2 N RO /16 RX238 7 RX238 9 N RO /16 R RX /2 O RO /16 R R /2 O RX /16 RX R P X /16 L X /16 R L RX238 7 R M RX238 7 X /2 N R RX /2 O R RX /2 O R RX /2 O RO /2 R P RO /2 R P RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q R M X /2 N RX /2 O RX /2 O R P R P RX P RO635 ➀ Q RO635 ➀ Q L 2 (ont d.) ype RPM of river ub Lubrication Sprocket Letter Oil ath 100 P SIN ORSPOWR (P) = P x S or (S) see pages RIVR SPROK NO. O LRS KYS OR RX /2 RO /2 R P RX /2 RO /2 RX P RX /2 RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q R RO /2 RO635 ➀ R RO RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R RO RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S 17-1/2 20 RO RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ /2 ➀ RO1036 ➀ RO1036 ➀ U 12-1/2 15 ➀ RO1036 ➀ RO1036 ➀ U /2 ➀ X1307 ➀ RO1036 ➀ W 7-1/2 10 ➀ ➀ X1307 ➀ X 125 P RO /2 RO635 ➀ Q RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R RX1207 ➀ RO635 ➀ R RX1207 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S RO1306 ➀ RX1207 ➀ S RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ Oil ath 17-1/2 20 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U /2 RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V 12-1/2 15 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 150 P RO635 ➀ R RX1207 ➀ R RX1207 ➀ S RX1207 ➀ S RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ RO1306 ➀ U Oil ath 17-1/2 20 ➀ RO1306 ➀ V /2 ➀ RO1306 ➀ W 12-1/2 15 ➀ RO1306 ➀ X ype of ub Lubrication Letter Oil ath low Oil ath low Oil ath low SIN N SLION Note: Series chain operates over roller chain cut tooth sprockets. 2. abricated steel sprockets are recommended. ➀ onsult Rexnord ub size letter See page
150 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION ONVYOR IN SLION PROURS onveyor lasses second consideration closely related to the type of conveyor is the conveyor class. Six conveyor classes have been established on the basis of friction factors involved with the movement of the chain (sliding or rolling) and the movement of the material (sliding or carried). hese six classes are described in terms of chain and material movement in the following table. onveyor lasses lass hain Material 1 Sliding, with flights Sliding 1 Sliding, without flights Sliding 2 Rolling Sliding 3 Sliding arried 4 Rolling arried 4 Supplemental Roller arried Other rrangements Other methods of supporting the return run are shown in the following illustrations. hese methods of support will result in faster chain wear because of the additional flexure at the joints in the return line and the higher pressure between the chain and the return support because of the small area of support. Return Strand Supported by Rollers asic onveyor rrangements here are several basic conveyor arrangements. he recommended arrangement (see illustration) is with the drive at the head end and with the carrying and return runs well supported. Note the catenary sag in the return run at the head end. In general, the catenary sag should be at least equal to 3% of the span over which the chain is hanging. he illustrated arrangement offers two advantages: he catenary force tends to keep the chain engaged on the drive sprocket. Wear at the chain joints is minimal because the return run is under minimum tension and flexture at the chain joints is reduced by the well-supported return line. If a take-up is used to adjust the center distance and maintain the correct catenary sag, be extremely cautious not to impose excessive loads on the chain. onveyors sometimes are driven from the tail end as shown in the following illustration. his arrangement is not recommended for two main reasons: hain wear at the joints is greater because chain is flexing under load at both the head and tail sprockets. xcess chain tends to accumulate on the carrying run just after the tail sprocket and the resulting wedging action can cause the chain to jump the sprocket. IL Return Strand Supported by Shoes SLK RVL IL NR ISN RRYIN RUN K UP NRY S LLOWN OR NRY S 150
151 SIN N SLION Method of hain ravel nother basic consideration is whether the chain will slide or roll. In deciding on the method of chain travel, the following points should be evaluated: hain Sliding Simple in construction, fewer moving parts and usually the lowest in cost for a given load. Most effective in dirty applications. reater horsepower required. arrying Loads of Rollers basic consideration on conveyors using chain with rollers is the load imposed on the chain. his load includes the weight of the slats or flights, and the weight of the material being carried. his load must be limited so that the pressure of the bushing on the roller is kept within permissible limits. SIN N SLION hain Rolling Smoother operation, less pulsation. Lower friction which permits longer centers, smaller motors, and lower operating costs. Not suited to dirty applications, foreign matter jams rollers. Less horsepower required. onveyor Pulsation nother consideration is the amount of pulsation that can be tolerated in the conveyor. his will vary from one installation to another and the permissible amount is a matter of judgement. When pulsation must be minimized, consider the possible causes and remedies listed in the following table: Possible ause Remedy xcessive friction lean and lubricate moving parts. onveyor too long Use shorter conveyor sections. onveyor speed too Increase conveyor speed, or use nonlow (10 fpm or less) metallic-bushed chain. Velocity fluctuation Use drive sprocket with 12 or more teeth, or caused by chordal Use compensating sprocket. action (onsult your Rexnord representative.) = Roller-bore diameter pplies also to = Roller hub length } outboard rollers. Roller-bearing area = x he roller carrying pressure (), per roller, is distributed over the roller-bearing area. he table below lists allowable bearing pressures between bushings and roller. Note the method of determining the roller bearing area. he listed bearing pressures are for ideal conditions, i.e. slow speeds in non-gritty service with lubricated bearings. s any of these conditions become more severe, the allowable pressures must be reduced accordingly. he allowable working bearing pressures, in pounds per square inch between rollers and bushings, are approximately as follows: llowable Roller and ushing earing Materials in ontact Pressure P.S.I. asehardened steel against casehardened steel asehardened steel against white iron asehardened steel against untreated steel asehardened steel against cast iron ➀ asehardened steel against malleable iron asehardened steel against bronze ray iron against malleable iron Malleable iron against malleable iron ray iron against bronze Non-metallic against carburized steel or heat treated stainless steel (L bushed rollers) ➀ pplies also to chill iron. 151
152 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION ONVYOR IN SLION PROURS (ont d.) Wear Strips and Ways enerally, it is desirable that the chain wear slower than the liner since it is the more critical and expensive part of these two conveyor components. herefore, the most compatible wear strip should be considered after the proper chain has been selected. onveyor way wear for chains rolling is not a critical consideration but cold finished steel is used for best operation. he subject of wear is extremely complicated and influenced by many factors. It is impossible to predict with accuracy the wear life of various chain liner combinations. his is due to the effect of many variable and uncontrollable factors such as abrasion, corrosion, lubrication, load, speed, and break-in period. hus, prior experience of a successful chain liner combination for a specific application is the best guide to predict performance. or new installations, where no previous experience can be applied as a guide, the chain should be slightly harder than a metal liner to protect it and insure that the liner wears first. he material should be at least comparable to the chain in surface finish or smoother. Non-metallic materials such as, wood and plastic, are occasionally used as liner materials. hese may result in wear strip economy, but should not be used where severe impacting loads exist or under extremely dirty conditions. If wear is a problem, neglecting the effect of corrosion, experience has shown that generally by increasing the hardness of either the chain or the metallic wear strip in an abrasive environment should decrease the wear on both. Lubrication, even if only water will reduce wear. Some general comments to insure proper installation of liners in the conveyor and things to do before start-up are: 1. See that the joints on the liners and frame are smooth so that no sharp edges protrude. 2. ake reasonable care in eliminating welding slag, weld spatter, metal filings and/or mill scale from the conveyor. 3. reak in chain and liner by operating the conveyor without load, and with plenty of lubricant, for a short period of time (generally 8-24 hours) or until the mating wear surfaces are polished smooth. Smooth Weld Joint Required hain ntry or xit on Ways ree of Sharp dges Note: he above comments are guidelines that normally will increase or improve chain liner compatibility. 152 RSION RSISN SL LLOYS MY US S LINR MRIL* Mechanical Properties Name Producer ondition ardness Yield ensile ode** N 1000 PSI 1000 PSI SSS-321 RM Q & 321 SSS-360 RM Q & 360 SSS-400 RM Q & 400 Sheffield R RM R 225 R-No. 235 R (235) brasion Resisting, Med. ard. IN R 235 brasion Resisting, ull ard. IN R 270 Jalloy R-280 JL Q & Jalloy R-320 JL Q & Jalloy R-360 JL Q & Jalloy R-400 JL Q & Jalloy S-340 JL Q & Jalloy 3 (R) JL R (225) L Q & 360 (145) (180) XR-15 N Q & XR-30 N Q & USS-R US R (235) US/L Q & 321 (100) (115) -1- US/L Q & 321 (100) (115) US/L Q & 321 (137) (171) US/L Q & 321 (137) (171) US/L Q & 321 (141) (175) US/L Q & 360 (145) (180) stralloy V N 440 (141) (228) ** Presented as a guide only. If additional information is required, contact the designated steel company. ** Producer ode: RM = rmco Steel orp.; = ethlehem Steel orp.; IN = Inland Steel o.; JL = Jones & Laughlin Steel orp.; L = Lukens Steel o.; N = National Steel orp.; US = United States Steel orp.; V = Vulcan Steel orp. Note: Q & = quenched and tempered; R = hot rolled; N = normalized. ypical values are enclosed in parentheses. Mechanical properties are those of sheet or hot rolled plate up to 1/2" thick and are minimums unless typical is indicated by parentheses.
153 SIN N SLION his procedure is intended to serve primarily as a guide for selecting a general type, or class, of chain when a new conveyor is designed. When following the step-by-step instruction outlined, the user may find that more than one type of chain will fit the particular conveyor requirement. In such a case the final selection of the chain may be affected by such factors as allowable sprocket diameters, space limitations for chain, chain pitch, and many other environmental and design factors peculiar to the particular conveyor being designed. onsult your Rexnord representative for assistance in selecting the best chain when a choice of more than one class is indicated. Parts of this section will prove useful in determining whether the chain on existing installations is the most economical choice, and will also serve as a guide to upgrading existing installations where service life is not satisfactory. Procedure here are six basic steps in selecting the proper type of chain for a conveyor installation. 1. etermine the class of conveyor. 2. stimate the total chain pull. 3. etermine the design working load. 4. Make a tentative chain selection. 5. Make tentative selection of attachment links. 6. Verify chain selection and re-check design working load. lass 1, 1 and 2 onveyors (hain sliding or rolling; Material sliding) P2 P3 ormulas for alculating otal hain Pull (P m ) orizontal:( Y is less than f 1) X P m = X ( 2f 1 W + f 2 M + h2 ) + MY c Inclined:( Y is greater than f 1) X X RVL P3 P2 P m = X ( f 1 W + f 2 M + h2 ) c + Y (W + M) lass 3, 4 and 4 onveyors (hain sliding, rolling or intension; Material carried) P1 Pm X RVL MRIL Pm P1 Y MRIL Y SIN N SLION Step 1. etermine the lass of onveyor heck the sections on onveyor ypes, onveyor lasses, and Method of hain ravel in relation to your conveying problem. Make a tentative selection of a conveyor class required. RVL P3 P2 X Pm P1 Y Step 2. liminate the otal hain Pull (P m ). Use the formula which applies to the conveyor class tentatively selected and calculate total chain pull (P m ) which is total conveyor chain pull. or conveyors that are partly horizontal and partly inclined, calculate the chain pull for each section, and add to obtain total chain pull. alculated loads assume that the take-up force will equal P 2 + P 3. If take-up force exceeds P 2 + P 3 all loads will increase. ormulas for alculating otal hain Pull (P m ) orizontal:( Y is less than f X 1) P m = f 1 X (2W + M) + MY + h2 c X Inclined:( Y is greater than f X 1) P m = (M + W) (f 1 X + Y) + h 2 X c ormulas for alculating orsepower (P) orizontal: Inclined: P = 1.15 (S) (P m) P = 1.15 (S) (P m - P 1 ) 33,000 33,000 P 1 = 0 P 1 = W (Y - f 1 X) P 2 = P 3 = f 1 W X P 2 = P 3 = 0 Note: Symbol identification given on page
154 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION ONVYOR IN SLION PROURS (ont d.) Symbols f 1 = oefficient of riction chain sliding or rolling on runway. See next column for specific value of the coefficient. If chain is supported by flights, etc., f 1 should be coefficient for flights sliding on conveyor ways. f 2 = oefficient of riction material sliding on trough. (See able in next column). M = W = h = c = Pm = P 1 Wt. of material handled per foot of conveyor (lb./ft.) M = (P) (33.3) S M = () (Mat l. ensity in L/3 ) 60 (S) Weight of moving conveyor parts chains, flights, slats, etc., per foot of chain (lbs/ft). epending on the method of chain travel, use the following factors for estimating approximate chain weight (lbs/ft) if actual chain weight is unknown. Material or chain sliding.0015 x otal weight of material on conveyor at any time (lbs.). (lasses 1, 1, 2 or 3) Material carried and hain rolling.0005 x otal weight of material on conveyor at any time (lbs.). (lasses 4 and 4) or example: If a lass 4 onveyor is used and the total material weight is 40,000 pounds, then 40,000 x.0005 = 20.0 Use 20.0 Lbs/t. as an estimated chain weight for W in the above equation. dd the estimated Weight/t. on the flights or slats that will be used. eight of material rubbing against side of conveyor trough (inches). rough side friction constant (see able in next column). otal Maximum hain pull (lbs) P 2 hain pull at point indicated (lbs) =} P 3 P = Required horsepower at headshaft S = onveyor Speed (ft/min) P = apacity in ons per our = MS 33.3 = apacity in cubic feet per hour = P x 2000 (Mat l. ensity in lb/ft 3 ) X = orizontal center distance (ft.) Y = Vertical rise (ft.) hain riction actors (f 1 ) hain Sliding hain Sliding on Steel rack unlubricated hain Sliding on Steel rack lubricated....2 hain Sliding on ard Wood....5 hain Sliding on Non-Metallic Wear Strips: hain Sliding on Ultra-igh Molecular Weight Polyethylene hain Rolling f 1 = f r d a d r Where: d a = axle diameter (inches) (usually bushing O..) d r = roller outside diameter (inches) (f r ) or Metal Rollers ast Rollers Steel Rollers ry....5 ry....4 Lubricated....4 Lubricated....3 or L ushed Rollers, f r =.25 Material riction actors riction actor rough Side Mat l Sliding riction Material on Steel rough actor (f 2 ) (c) luminum shes, oal, ry shed, oal, Wet agasse ement, Portland ement linker oal, nthracite, Sized oal, nthracite, Run of Mine oal, ituminous, Sized oal, ituminous, Run of Mine oke, Mixed oke, reeze rains ravel, ry ravel, Run of ank Ice, rushed Lime, Pebble Sand, ry.60 7 Sand, amp.85 6 Stone, Screened.60 9 Wood hips, Pulp Logs
155 SIN N SLION Step 3. etermine the esign Working Load he determination of chain pull (P m ) is for static conditions and does not include consideration of the following dynamic conditions: a. Loading fluctuations that may exceed the static load condition. hese fluctuations are provided for by the Service actor. b. he conveyor chain speed and the number of teeth in the sprockets used. hese items are provided for by the Speed actor (s). alculate the esign Working load by modifying P m as follows: or single strand conveyor: esign Working Load = P m x Service actor x Speed actor or multiple strand conveyor: esign Working Load = P m x Service actor x Speed actor x 1.2 No. of Strands he multiplier (1.2) is used to provide for possible overloads in one of the strands caused by unequal load sharing distribution. ype of Load Uniform Moderate Peaks SRVI OR Operating onditions➀ Service actors Start Stop % Load aily Operated Period requency dded Under Load t a ime 8-10 rs. 24 rs. Less han Less han /ay 5% 5/ay to 5-20% /r. igh Peaks 2/r. to 10/r. 20% to 40% Operating onditions Service actors Up to 200 (93 ) 1.0 emperature 200 to 350 (93 to 177 ) to 500 (177 to 260 ) 1.2 bove 500 (260 ) ontact Rexnord ➀ Reversing under load can be damaging and requires special consideration. onsult Rexnord for selection assistance. he Start-Stop and % loaded parameters are intended to guide you in classifying the severity of loading for your conveyor. If these two parameters fall into different categories (ex. start-stop less than 5/ay, % loaded at a time 5-20%) use the more severe classification (moderate). SIN N SLION etermination of Speed actor for raction Wheels 1. etermine effective pitch diameter (P eff ): (P eff ) = raction wheel O.. + barrel O.. (chain) 2. ompare (P eff ) to pitch diameters of standard engineering sprockets. If (P eff ) falls between two standard pitch diameters, go to the lower value. 3. he standard pitch diameter chosen from No. 2 above will give number of teeth. 4. Knowing number of teeth and chain speed, speed factor ( s ) can be determined. SP ORS ( S ) hain Speed eet per Minute No. of ngineered ngineered ngineered ngineered ngineered ngineered eeth and and and and and and ast ast ast ast ast ast on Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded hain hain hain hain hain hain Spkt. Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel hain hain hain hain hain hain Note: If sprocket size has not yet been determined, use a speed factor for a 12-tooth sprocket. Refer to sprocket selection beginning on page
156 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION ONVYOR IN SLION PROURS (ont d.) Step 4. Make entative hain Selection Note that in many cases there are numerous types of chains that fit these two requirements. o aid in making the selection, consider the following: a. he wear life and relative cost of each type. b. Short conveyor centers and high chain speeds produce rapid joint wear and chain elongation. hese conditions suggest a chain with a high ( or ) wear rating. c. eavy loads produce rapid sliding and rolling wear. hese conditions suggest a chain with a high ( or ) sliding or rolling wear rating. d. onveyors operating in highly abrasive surroundings require hard bearing surfaces. his condition would suggest a steel chain. e. Mildly abrasive or moderately corrosive conditions may indicate that a cast chain is the economical choice. f. orrosive atmospheres reduce the fatigue strength of component parts. In this case, chain with armor cased pins are recommended. g. he chain pitch may be dictated by the required spacing of attachment links. longer pitch is more economical while a shorter pitch requires less room for sprockets. In many cases a 4" to 6" pitch chain is considered a good compromise. h. he selection procedure outlined is applicable only if temperatures of the chain will remain within -40 and Special lubricants may be needed above 250. If these temperature limits will be exceeded, consult your Rexnord representative. dditional factors such as sprocket availability and price, chain delivery lead time and chain price should also be considered in making the final choice. In making the final selection reliability should be a primary consideration. ast chains, in general, do a good job in sliding applications and have excellent corrosion resistance. owever, in critical applications where overloads may be encountered, ngineered Steel and Welded Steel chains will usually provide longer and more dependable service. It is recommended, therefore, that the final selection be made from the listings of ngineered Steel and Welded Steel hains. Refer to the detail listings for the type of chain selected and select a specific chain that has a working load at least equal to the design working load and meets the pitch and space requirements. Step 5. Make entative Selection of ttachment Links Refer to the section on attachments. On the basis of the information here and on the basis of the chain selected, tentatively select the desired attachment links. Step 6. Verify hain Selection and Re-heck esign Working Load Recalculate total chain pull (P m ) and design working load using the exact chain and attachment weight as given in the listings to verify that the selected chain will meet the requirements. Selection Procedure for ouble lex hains his procedure is the same as that for standard chains except that the hain Pull as determined must be modified. he modification is necessary because the chain is flexing around curves and additional tension is developed because of the friction between the sides of the chain and curves. he chain pull must be calculated on a cumulative basis, with the urn actor for each curve taken into account. onsult Rexnord for assistance in applying properly the urn actor for your conveyor. 156
157 SIN N SLION onveyor hain Selection horizontal scraper flight conveyor has been tentatively designed to handle ituminous coals, and will feed an incinerator from a coal storage hopper. he coal is to be conveyed in an existing trough which is approximately 100 feet long and has a cross section as shown in the sketch below. 6" 27" 6" 6" Material epth Steel rough Imbedded in oncrete loor he unit becomes a scrapper flight conveyor, similar to that indicated as a basic type of conveyor. SIN N SLION onveyor ata Material andled: ituminous oal (1/2" maximum lump size) 50 Lbs. per cubic foot 100 eet Material ensity: onveyor enters: onveyor apacity: 170 ons per hour onveyor Speed: 100 eet per minute Scraper light hain Rolling Material Sliding lass 2 Step 2. stimate otal hain Pull Other onsiderations 1. pproximately 100 steel plates (1/4" x 10" x 27"; Weight 10 Lbs.) are left over from another project, complete with attachment wings. It is desired to use these as flights if possible. ttachment wings are available to suit chain. 2. No space restrictions. 3. onveyor to operate 16 hours per day. 5 days per week. 4. rive will be selected to suit conveyor. Select Suitable hain Step 1. etermine onveyor lass In the basic considerations section of this procedure, it was pointed out that a conveyor using a chain that rolled would result in smoother operation. Since a rolling chain also has less friction, smaller drive units could be used, at lower operating costs. herefore, tentatively pick a chin with rollers to run on the existing trough. lso tentatively figure on using the available 10" x 27" steel flights and attachment wings. he basic conveyor cross section might become a two-chain conveyor with scrapper flights connected between the chains as shown in the following sketch. RVL SPROK X RVL MRIL SPROK P m = X (2f 1 W + f 2 M + h 2 ) + MY c Where: P m = Maximum chain pull (Lbs.) X = onveyor centers (100 t.) f 1 = oefficient of friction chain rolling on runway f 1 = fr d a (See able, page 154) dr f 1 = 0.20 (his factor will range from 0.10 to 0.20, depending upon the chain roller-bushing proportions. Since the chain pull is only being estimated at this point, use the highest range 0.20 in the first calculation.) M = Weight of material handled per foot of conveyor M = P x 33.3 = 170 x 33.3 = 56.6 Lbs./t. S 100 W = Weight per foot of moving conveyor parts S = onveyor speed (feet/minute) P m 157
158 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION ONVYOR IN SLION PROURS (ont d.) Since the weight of the chain and attachment links has not yet been determined, use the empirical factor given on page 154 to establish chain weight. W =.0015 x 56.6 Lbs./t. x 100 t. = 8.49 Lbs./t. dd to this the weight of the flights. (here are approximately 100 flights available; assume a flight spacing of every 2 feet) 10 Lbs./ light x 1 light/2 t. = 5 Lbs./t. W = 8.49 Lbs./t. + 5 Lbs./t. = Lbs./t. f 2 = oefficient of friction of material f 2 = 0.50 (Material friction factor table, page 154) h = eight of material (see sketch of trough) h = 6 inches c = rough side friction factor c = 21 (Material friction factor table, page 154) y = Vertical rise = 0 (orizontal onveyor) Substitute Values in ormula: P m = X (2f 1 W + f 2 M + h 2 ) + MY c = 100 [ 2 (.20) (13.49) +.50 (56.6) + 62 ] x 0 21 = 100 ( ) P m = 3540 Lbs. Step 3. etermine esign Working Load esign W.L. = Pm x Service actor x Speed actor x 1.2 No. of Strands = 3540 x 1.2 x 1.0 x = 2545 Lbs. he Service actor was picked from the table on page 155 for uniform loading since the conveyor is being fed from a hopper. factor of 1.2 was selected because the conveyor will be in operation for more than 10 hours per day. he speed factor was picked for a 12 tooth sprocket, although final sprocket selection has not been made. s indicated in the drive chain selection section (pages 124 and 125), a 12 tooth sprocket is a good first choice. Step 4. Make entative hain Selection Refer to the chain selection chart and note that an engineered steel roller type chain is recommended for a lass 2 onveyor. Refer to pages and of the chain listing section and note that these chains all have rollers. or the conveyor arrangement tentatively selected, a Style R chain, whose rollers are larger than the sidebars, should be used. s indicated in the selection procedure, Step 4-g. (Page 156), a 4- to 6-inch pitch chain is good first choice. lso, from the calculation of esign Working Load, a chain having a working load rating of 2548 pounds or greater will be required. hecking the chain listings, you will note a number of Style R chains in the desired pitch range. SR196 would be selected as the chain that most closely matches the desired working load. hains such as 2188 and 1604 have working loads substantially higher and would not be economical choices. SR196 would be the tentative selection. Step 5. Make entative Selection of ttachment Links rom the basic conveyor arrangement decided upon, an attachment lug which projects on one side of the chain only is required. lso, it is desired to select an attachment link to which the available flight wings can be adapted, if possible. his suggests a singleattachment lug such as the attachment. he 1 (single hole) attachment is available for the SR196 hain. Make this the tentative selection. Step 6. Verify hain Selection & Recheck esign Working Load he exact chain and attachment link weight/ft. can now be used to calculate the esign Working Load. lso, the chain roller and bushing diameters can be used to determine the chain friction factor (f 1 ). hain Weight SR196 Plain hain = 5.0 Lbs./t. SR196 1 ttachment Link = 6.6 Lbs./t. he weight per foot for the attachment link is based on a link interspersed every pitch. or the conveyor arrangement to be used, an attachment link will be required every 2 feet, or every 4th pitch (6 inch pitch chain). 3 plain links at 5.0 Lbs./t. = 15.0 Lbs. 1 ttachment link at 6.6 Lbs./t. = 6.6 Lbs Lbs = 5.4 Lbs./t. SR196 1 every 4th link = 5.4 Lbs./t. 2 strands of chain x 5.4 Lbs./t.= 10.8 Lbs./t. light Weight = 5.0 Lbs./t Lbs./t Lbs./t. = W = otal weight of moving conveyor parts. 158
159 SIN N SLION hain riction actors f 1 = fr d a dr f r = 0.4 (from table, page 154 for steel roller) d a = ushing diameter (5/8" from chain listing, page 12 and 13) d r = Roller O.. (2" from chain listing, page 12 and 13) f 1 = [0.4 (5/8) 2 ] f 1 = Use the final values of chain weight (W) and chain factor (f 1 ) in the chain pull formula. Use the same values for all other factors as in Step 2. P m = X (2f 1 W + f 2 M + h 2 ) + MY c = 100 [(2 x.125 x 15.8) + (.50 x 56.6) + 62] 21 + (56.6 x 0) = 100 [ (3.95) + (28.3) + (1.7) ] Pm = 3395 Lbs. total conveyor chain pull SIN N SLION esign Working Load = P m x Service actor x Speed actor x 1.2 No. of Strands esign W.L. = 3395 x 1.2 x 1.0 x = 2444 Lbs. chain pull per strand Since the final design working load of 2444 pounds does not exceed the maximum recommended working load of 2600 as given in the chain specifications (pages 12 and 13), the SR196 chain selection is acceptable. LVOR IN PULL LULION PROUR ucket levator ormulas o etermine hain Pull (P m ): P m = 0.5 P t + MK + Y (M + W) Knowing the chain pull, determine the design working load and select chain service and speed factors found on page 155. o etermine orsepower (P): P = 1.15 (S) (MK + MY) Where: M = Weight of material handled per foot of elevator (lb./ft.) M = Mat l. ensity (Lb./t. 3 ) x ucket ap. (t. 3 ) ucket Spacing (t.) P1 Pm W = Weight of chain and buckets per foot of elevator (lbs./ft.) ( ttach. Spacing ) x W = in Pitches 1 P t P 1 K Y S ( Wt. of plain chain ) + ( Wt. of attach. chain ) (lbs./ft.) (lbs./ft.) attachment spacing in pitches Wt. of a bucket (lbs.) + bucket spacing (ft.) = ake Up orce (Lbs.) = 1/2 of Pt + WY = ootshaft sprocket pitch diameter (feet) = digging factor (10 for centrifugal, 6 for continuous) = levator center distance (feet) = levator speed (feet/minute) NR ISN Y P = ons/our =.75 (S) (M) 33.3 = P x (2000) Mat l ensity (lbs./ft. 3 ) Pt 159
160 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION PPLIIONS YON SOP O LO SLION PROURS ata Required for Selection consideration in the selection process. he items listed he selection procedures in this catalog were below will aid in obtaining selection assistance. he intended to cover the majority of conveyor, elevator items on this page are basic considerations which are and drive applications. owever, some installations necessary, if known, to insure selection of components involve conditions or applications which require special best suited to the application. eneral Information 1. nswer Required by (date): 2. Product: hain Sprockets Other 3. pplication: New Installation Replacement omponent 4. quipment Operating ime ours/ay; ays/week rives 1. orsepower: Maximum ; Percent of operating time at or above 75% Maximum orsepower 2. RPM river riven ; Ratio Permissible Variation + 3. enter istance ixed djustable Permissible Variation ± 4. Layout: Please provide sketch. Show enters, river, irection of Rotation and Relation to orizontal. onveyor and levator omponents 1. ype: levator ulk Material onveyor Unit andling onveyor 2. hain Speed: eet/minute 3. Material andled: (a) If ulk: haracteristics: ry Wet Sticky Lump Size: Inches (Maximum) Quantity: ons/our; ubic eet/our ensity: Lbs./ubic oot If material density is not known, refer to material properties table on pages 175 and 176. (b) If Units: Quantity: Units/our Size: x x Spacing: Random Regular Weight: Lbs. (each) Lbs. (per foot of conveyor) otal weight on conveyor at one time: Lbs. (Max.) 4. Loading (in ubic eet/our or Units/our): Normal Peak Percent of ime at Peak 5. Layout: Sketch showing centers, inclines, distance between chains, special attachments. eneral 1. esired quipment Life: ours/years 2. nvironment (a) emperature: Surrounding omponent If ycling, ime at emperature (b) brasion: Material Particle Size brasiveness (Refer to tables on pages 175 and 176). (c) orrosion: Material orrosiveness (d) Lubrication: Lubricant ow pplied onveyor and levator 1. Sprockets (or raction Wheels) No. of eeth (or Outside iameter): ead ail 2. Shaft Size: ead ail 3. hain ttachments: ype Spacing 4. Weight of lights or Slats 5. akeup ype: Screw ravity Weight 6. levator uckets: Style rives Size x x 1. Shaft iameters: river riven 2. pplication escription: 3. Peak Load actor Ratio of peak tension to mean tension while maximum horsepower is being transmitted. 160
161 SIN N SLION POLYMRI INS N SSORIS PPLIION INORMION Materials Standard Materials he chain links are made from an acetal thermoplastic which distinguishes itself from both steel and stainless steel chains. he coefficient of friction for acetal is lower than either steel chains, reducing the horsepower requirement for the conveyor and preventing product damage when the chain slides under products backed up at various points in the conveyor. cetal chains also reduce noise in a conveying system. ombined with a stainless steel pin, the chain will not rust and has good resistance to many chemicals. Special Materials or applications requiring special chain capabilities, a wide range of materials and processing treatments have been developed. onsult Rexnord for details. (See the listing below for frequently encountered requirements). /US ompliance hain materials used are in compliance with regulations and guidelines for use in direct food contact. lso, the chain materials have been found chemically acceptable for direct food contact with meat or poultry products by the Product Safety ranch of US. lso, the chain designs have been found acceptable for direct contact with meat or poultry products by the quipment ranch of the acilities, quipment and Sanitation ivision of US. nvironmental actors hemical Resistance Rex polymeric chains, sprockets and idlers have good resistance to hydrocarbons, most neutral organic and inorganic materials, and to weak acids and bases in a p range from 4 to 10. o prolong chain life in the above situations, it is recommended to: 1. void high temperatures of questionable liquids and/ or solids. he closer to room temperature, the better. 2. lean the chain! horough and frequent cleanings can limit prolonged exposure to questionable liquids and/or solids, decreasing the damaging effects of chemical attack. emperature Range he allowable temperature range for Rex polymeric chains is -40 to onsult Rexnord orp. for operation beyond these temperatures. brasion Resistance are should be taken when operating Rex polymeric chains in abrasive environments. Of particular concern is abrasive particles embedded in wearstrips and sprockets. hese particles, once embedded, can work like a file to wear away the chain. Rex sprockets are manufactured from super tough urethane. his material was selected because it is harder than most other available non-metallic sprocket materials and resists particle embedding. UMW sprockets are not recommended for any application where dirt or other abrasives are present. Sprockets Rex polymeric chains are designed specifically for applications where corrosion resistance is desired. he current line of polymeric sprockets compliments the product line by offering additional corrosion resistance components. here are, however, situations that require metallic sprockets. If a decision is made to use steel or cast sprockets, it is imperative to carefully inspect the sprocket for any unusual burrs, ridges, or protrusions and remove them before they come in contact with the polymeric chain. Such abrasive components have the capability of severely reducing the expected service life of the chain. lammability Rex polymeric material will burn and support combustion. cetal thermoplastics will burn with a clear flame and little smoke. are should be taken to keep chain and accessories away from heat sources. o not weld around conveyors or machinery without taking care to protect polymeric materials. Ultra-Violet (UV) Resistance xposure to ultra-violet light can degrade polymeric chain materials. Special UV stabilized materials are available for outdoor application in direct sunlight. Wear Strips Metal Wear Strips Metal wear strips are harder than non-metallics and, in addition, can be heat treated or work hardened to increase hardness. hey are, therefore, suited for applications where abrasive particles are present either from the environment or from the products carried. brasive particles are less likely to imbed in metal wear strips. or non-corrosive environments, plain carbon steel, cold finished, is recommended. or corrosive environments, use stainless steel, one quarter temper minimum (25Rc) cold finish. Steel Plain carbon, cold rolled steel is recommended. Surface finish should be RMS. Use heat treatable grades where available and hardened to 25-30Rc. Lubricants used should have rust inhibitors added. Stainless Steel old rolled finish (32-63 RMS) is recommended. n austenitic grade offers the best corrosion resistance. 161 SIN N SLION
162 SIN N SLION SIN N SLION Wear Strips (ont d.) he softer annealed grades of austenitic stainless steel are not recommended. Interaction between the chain material and the soft stainless steel might develop. When this happens, the resulting wear debris consists almost entirely of finely divided stainless steel particles, nearly black in color, similar to molydisulfide or graphite. he wear of the stainless steel might be rapid while the thermoplastic chain by contrast exhibits only slight wear. herefore, one quarter temper minimum austenitic grade stainless is recommended. Martensitic stainless steels can also be use. hey offer excellent wear resistance when heat treated to 25-35R c, but they are not as corrosion resistant as austenitic. luminum Not recommended due to poor wear resistance. Non-Metallic Wear Strips Non-metallic wear strips have a lower coefficient of friction than metals. hey are generally easier to install and remove and provide for quieter operation. Nylatron is the preferred material, especially for dry operation at high load or high speed conditions around corners. Ultra high molecular weight polyethylene is also recommended for all well lubricated applications and some dry applications. cetal Not recommended for use with acetal chains. It is best not to run identical plastics together. Nylatron Nylatron (nylon with molydisulfide filler) is the preferred material for dry applications because of its low wear state and low friction. It is especially suited for dry operation on double flex chain corners. lthough nylatron is more stable in wet applications than most nylons, it will absorb moisture and expand. herefore, room for expansion must be provided and fasteners must allow for movement. Ultra igh Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UMWP) UMW polyethylene (molecular weight of at least 1.0 million) is recommended for both dry and wet applications on straight runs. It is also recommended for all well lubricated corners and non-lubricated corners where chain load and speed are low. It is not recommended for dry operation on corners where the chain load or speed are high. It is also not recommended for operation in environments where particulate matter is present and can embed in the UMW, subsequently wearing the chain. UMWP has a wear rate equivalent to nylon in nonlubricated applications. It is virtually unaffected by moisture and is more resistant to corrosive chemicals than nylon. It is not as rigid as cast nylon and may deflect when subjected to high loads from sideflexing chains. eflon his material has perhaps the lowest coefficient of friction available in a plastic wear strip material. It is soft and tends to flow off the surface and is not practical as a wear strip material except in low load low speed applications. Lubricant Impregnated Wood Suitable for dry applications where self-lubricating properties of the material are best utilized. Not recommended for abrasive conditions where particles may imbed in the surface and wear the chain. antenary Sag Rex polymeric chain conveyors should provide for proper amount of catenary sag to allow proper chain and sprocket interaction. mple space should be provided for the catenary. If chain sag is excessive or increased due to wear, it should be adjusted to the proper amount of sag by removing links. If space does not permit catenary sag, consult Rexnord. Rex polymeric chains should never be run tight. ttempting to operate the chain with too little catenary sag can result in excessively high chain tension, leading to rapid chain wear to chain breakage. or this reason, screw take-ups are not recommended. eneral hain Pull alculations Overhead onveyors hain pull = Moving Load + Lift Load ➁ (MW x f 1 ) + (RxW) S Where: MW = Moving otal Weight lbs: (Weight of all N348 hain, rolleys, Shackle angers, arriers and Product Weight in the entire conveyor.) f 1 = riction actor (see table). Select the riction actor indicated for your trolley wheel diameter. Note: large number of vertical bends and horizontal turns will create slightly higher friction (consult Rexnord). R = otal Rise: (this is the total of all vertical rises) xample: three four-foot rises, R = 3 x 4 = 12 ft. W = Product Weight lbs. (average weight product) S = arrier Spacing (feet) Operating onditions 0 to 180 (clean conditions) riction actor f 1 all earing rolleys Wheel iameter 2" 3" 4" ➁he worst condition (uncompensated loaded inclines) should be used in determining Lift Load. 162
163 SIN N SLION POLYMRI INS N SSORIS PPLIION INORMION (ont d.) Well lubricated anti-friction wheel turns and ball bearing trolley wheels are recommended; sliding corners are not recommended. Rated llowable hain Pull he maximum recommended chain pull/working load of N348 chain is 700 pounds; if this chain pull is exceeded, additional drives must be used. or more detailed information on chain pull calculations, refer to M standard No entitled Overhead rolley hain onveyors. It is available from onveyor quipment Manufacturers ssociation, orestwood Lane, Manassas, V POLYMRI INS N SSORIS MINNN INORMION Installation 1. When connecting or disconnecting chain: lways lock out the equipment power switch before removing or installing chains. lways use safety glasses to protect your eyes. Support the chain to prevent uncontrolled movement of chain and parts. ools for assembly or disassembly should be in good condition and properly used. lways sight the pin with the hole before driving it home. 2. he chains operate open end forward! enerally, it is best to run offset chains with the open end leading. his arrangement provides the smoothest action during sprocket engagement and assures getting the longest service life out of the chain and sprockets. When chains are operated in this way, the wear from joint articulation is restricted primarily to the bearing surface (pin or bar) which is best able to withstand wear. In addition, sprocket wear is minimized because the motion between the chain and sprocket teeth during engagement is reduced. 3. ny unusual burrs, ridges, or protrusions in the conveyor system that could cut into and destroy the chain, sprockets, or idlers must be removed. leaning In many applications rapid build-up of grease, dirt, grit, sand and spilled liquid can occur. his can result in: 1. Soiling and damage to the conveyed product. 2. Increased work demands for the chain and motor. 3. ccelerated sprocket tooth wear. 4. onveyor pulsation and wear. 5. xcessive chain wear on the flight and in the joint areas. 6. Rapid wear of the wear strips. requent cleaning of the chain and conveyor frame is advised. Such agents as steam, warm water, and soap are commonly used. Many times combined cleaners/ lubricants are applied continuously. Strong caustic agents used with metal chains should not be used with plastic chains. lways rinse cleaning agents completely off of the chain and conveyor frame. When excessive amounts of liquids, broken glass or debris accumulate, cleaning will be required on a regular basis to remove these undesirable materials. It is advisable to have operating personnel keep brushes and cleaning solutions nearby to remove broken glass and excessive spillage. SIN N SLION 163
164 MINNN INORMION MINNN INORMION ONNIN N ISONNIN IN Introduction hains are manufactured with connectors, either pins or rivets of various constructions depending upon the chain type, i.e., offset or straight sidebar, Roller hain, abricated Steel hain, Welded Steel hain, ast hain, ombination hain etc. he particular connector link construction dictates the proper method and direction of connector insertion or removal from chain. he connectors can have uniform diameters, multiple stepped diameters, locking flats, various head styles, riveted ends or various pinlocks (cotters, etc.). pin with either a flat on the head end, or a larger stepped diameter will not pass through the smaller cotter-side sidebar hole. Likewise, the round shank of a pin with locking flats on the cotter end will not pass through the slotted cotter-side sidebar hole. ield Repair When repairing chains in the field, the repair should be confined to replacement of complete links or sections. Replacement of individual components (bushings, rollers, etc.) is generally not recommended. herefore, this connect-disconnect discussion has been limited to removal and replacement of connectors. UION: Rexnord does not recommend altering or rebuilding standard press-fit chains, or sub-assemblies especially the removal of press-fit components and their replacement with others. Such alterations destroys the integrity of the press-fits of the chain assembly. PINS RIVS igure 1 ype I onnectors pplied orce UION When onnecting or isconnecting hain: lways lockout equipment power switch before removing or installing chains. lways US SY LSSS to protect your eyes. Wear protective clothing, gloves and safety shoes. Support the chain to prevent uncontrolled movement of chain and parts. Use of pressing equipment is recommended. ools should be in good condition and properly used. o not attempt to connect or disconnect chain unless you know the chain construction, including the correct direction for pin/rivet removal or insertion. YP I ONNORS he connector construction found in the majority of chains would be of the type shown in ig. 1. ead Identification he head of a connector can usually be identified by a alpha-numeric code stamped on it, or the appropriate sidebar is designated head side. ype I onnector Removal ype I connectors are removed by driving on the end opposite the head and supporting the link as shown in ig. 2. Refer to pages 168 and 169 for disassembly tools Rivet ead Removed or ype I single diameter rivets, the method of removal suggested for ype II connectors may be preferred. (See next page). onnection he connector is inserted by driving on the head end of the connector and supporting the link similar to the manner shown in ig. 2. Support igure 2 ype I onnector Removal 164
165 MINNN INORMION ONNIN N ISONNIN IN (ont d.) onnection or connection, one sidebar is pushed onto one of the ends of the connectors and the other sidebar is pushed onto the opposite ends of the connectors. Refer to pages 168 and 169 for assembly tools. Pinlocks or cast and roller chains, the pinlocks (cotters, etc.) should be removed before pin removal. ast chains could be damaged from the pinlock if left in during pin removal. Roller chains normally use hardened pinlocks making cutting or shearing difficult. owever, for most other chains, both ends of pinlocks should be cut flush (with chisel or equivalent) with outside diameter of pin to prevent pin collapse during pin removal Riveted nds or chains of riveted construction, the riveted end should be ground flush with the sidebar before connector removal. Loose hain When disconnecting and connecting loose chain, the chain should always be solidly supported against the floor, or on a bench. When employing method of ig. 2, enough space should be provided below the end (at least twice the sidebar thickness) to allow the connector end to pass through the sidebar. YP II ONNORS onnectors of ype II construction shown in (ig. 3) are typically found in hollow rivet, draw bench, double flex and S-Series hains. igure 3 ype II onnectors Support pplied force Rivet ead Removed igure 4 ype II onnector Removal o isconnect hains on Sprockets 1. ecrease chain tension by loosening, take-ups, etc. 2. Restrain sprockets from rotating and secure chain on both sides of disassembly point. 3. pply penetrating oil around connectors. 4. Remove where chain wraps over the sprockets. Support against removal force with heavy bar or tubing held against opposite side of the chain and sprocket. 5. rind riveted end (if present) of connector flush with the sidebar. 6. Remove pinlocks or cut ends flush with outside diameter of pin. 7. Use press equipment to remove connectors, e.g., hydraulic press or jack, or arbor press. IMPORN! SY INSRUIONS ollow safety guidelines on preceding aution ag. on t heat or cut chain with torch unless absolutely necessary. ny links or pins heated by such a process should be replaced during reassembly. o onnect hains on Sprockets 1. When connecting strand use sprocket for rigid support. Support against assembly force with heavy bar or tubing held against opposite side of chain and sprocket. 2. rease or oil the connector before replacing it. 3. heck connectors to assure proper positioning of flats or cotter holes before assembly. 4. Use press equipment to insert connectors, e.g., hydraulic press or jack or arbor press. 5. heck to see that assembled joint(s) flex freely. If not, a light blow exerted on opposite end of connector(s) should free joint(s). MINNN INORMION Removal ype II connectors are moved in the method shown in ig. 4. hey are removed by supporting the top sidebar and pushing the ends of the connectors free of the sidebar. n alternate method is to wedge or pry the sidebars free of the connectors. IMPORN! SY INSRUIONS ollow safety guidelines on preceding aution ag. o not grind the circumference of the connector of the sidebar hole to ease insertion of the connector. o not heat sidebars to ease pin insertion. 165
166 MINNN INORMION MINNN INORMION RIV INS he following suggestions are practical methods of increasing chain and sprocket life. he more of them that are followed, the longer the chain and sprocket life will be. Lubrication Lubrication is essential for maximum chain and sprocket life. rive chains can and should be lubricated. Lubrication effectiveness will vary with the amount of lubricant used and frequency of application. Ideally, a lubricant film should constantly be maintained between working parts. hain Operation If possible, manually lubricate the chain once a week when the chain is not under load. It is important to get the lubrication between the pin and the bushing and between the roller and the bushing. he chain is under the least load after it exits from the driver sprocket. his area will contain a catenary sag and this is the area to which manual lubrication should be applied. Pour or brush on a copious amount of oil in a continuous manner. llow the chain to travel two complete cycles. Manual Lubrication Oil ath Lubrication Sprockets Worn or improperly designed sprockets are one of the main causes for premature chain life or chain failure. ere are a few hints on how to get the most out of sprockets. New Sprockets 1. When receiving new sprockets check to see if the sprockets are in pitch by wrapping the chain around sprocket and coupling. 2. Make a Painted Pattern by holding a piece of wood behind the new sprocket tooth and spray paint the tooth outline onto the wood. s the sprocket wears, a check on what the original shape was and how much wear has taken place can be made by putting the painted pattern behind the tooth. ooth Wear On single direction drives only one side of the tooth wears. Reverse the sprocket on the shaft and put the unworn tooth face to work. hain and Sprocket Interaction losely inspect the hain and Sprocket interaction to insure a smooth and noiseless operation. he chain should easily enter and exit the sprocket without a hitch. hain longation Wear on the pin outside diameter and bushing inside diameter causes chain elongation. Once the chain has elongated or worn past acceptable limits, jumping of sprocket teeth and/or improper chain-sprocket interaction can be expected. ypical allowable elongations are 3 to 5% of chain pitch for drive chains. fter the chain has been elongated or worn past acceptable limits, it should be replaced. hains operating at relatively high speeds should be completely enclosed in an oil case. he lower strand of the chain should just dip into the oil when the chain is running. Maintain the proper oil level. xcess oil causes churning and heat. ype of Lubricant Oil is recommended as a lubricant using the highest viscosity that will flow at the prevailing temperature: emperature ( ) Lubricant elow S S 40 bove S 50 ow to imensionally Identify hain: irst check chain for any markings! 1. etermine if sidebars have straight or offset construction. 2. Measure chain pitch. 3. Measure pin diameter. 4. Measure roller diameter & length. 5. Measure sidebar thickness & height. 6. Measure bushing length. OR S RSULS, LN IN N SPROK PRIOILLY. 166
167 MINNN INORMION ONVYOR INS Wherever possible, lubrication of chain is always recommended to assure maximum chain life and optimum conveyor operation. he reduction in friction and increase in wear life usually justifies the additional cost. Under normal conditions, chains with roller are selected only when proper lubrication is possible. In some applications the presence of a lubricant cannot be tolerated, but it still may be possible to attain satisfactory service with sacrifice to chain and conveyor life. he following are general guides: ype of Lubricant Oil is recommended as a lubricant. Use the same lubricants recommended for drive chains at the same temperature ranges. rease can be used if it is applied internally into the joint with lubrication fittings on rivets or bushings. Method of Lubrication Oil flow or brush type lubrication is adequate under relatively clean conditions, but they are ineffective with dirty conditions. lush lubrication (flooding the chain) once per day is normally adequate in dirty environments. USIN PIN ROLLR ROLLR LINK PLS PIN LINK PLS NOZZL When manually lubricating, the oil should be directed between adjacent outer and inner sidebars (for the joint) and between inner sidebar and roller face (for roller-bushing lubrication). or best results, clean chain and sprocket periodically. he effectiveness of any lubrication method will vary with the amount of lubricant used and the frequency of application. Ideally, a lubricant film should be maintained between working parts. hain and Sprocket Storage o not store in an open area where dust, dirt and water are present. Sprockets, especially the tooth face and the inside of the bore, should be painted with a heavy lubricant to prevent corrosion. Most manufacturers prelubricate chain when it is shipped from the manufacturing plant. If you do not intend to use the chain when you receive it and it will be stored for a period of time, the chain should be lubricated periodically. If possible, store chain in a fifth gallon drum or other container filled with Used rain Oil. his will provide excellent protection for the chain as well as good break-in lubrication for the chain when it is finally used. his pre-lubrication will allow the chain and sprockets to break in or shine-up properly. If a chain is installed into the application completely dry this will reduce its overall life. If it is impossible to store in lubricated environment, then oil the chain after installation but before any load is applied. Run the chain for 24 hours without any load to allow for good break-in. It is also a good idea to lubricate drag chain conveyor ways with moly-disulfide so that a proper surface will develop between the chain ways and the chain. hain Installation o not grind the chain pins or the holes in the sidebar in order to assemble the chain. hain reliability if based upon a good press fit of the pins into the sidebars. If you reduce that press fit you can reduce chain life. Lubricate the pin when installing it, this eases assembly. hains on Idle quipment If the equipment is to be idle for any length of time, clean the chain and sprockets by brushing or swabbing if possible, or with a steam hose. hen cover the chain and sprockets with a light oil. hain Operation If possible, manually lubricate the chain once a week when the chain is not under load. ry to flow the oil between the pin and bushing and between the roller and the bushing. Usually the chain is under the least load after it exits from the driver sprocket. his area should contain a catenary sag, and this is the area that manual lubrication should be applied. low or brush on a predetermined amount of oil in the shortest amount of time possible, but still allowing the chain to travel two complete cycles. MINNN INORMION 167
168 MINNN INORMION IN SSMLY/ISSSMLY OOLS RIVMSR ssemble and disassemble Rex and Link-elt rive hains quickly and safely with these portable tools. Keep the advantages of interference fit, thereby maintaining optimum chain fatigue life. he design of these tools will facilitate assembly or disassembly of catalog listed drive chains, through 7 inch pitch. eatures enefits 1. asy-to-use Reduces down-time. liminates cumbersome assembly/disassembly methods. 2. Maintains No hammering or back-up required. Press - its Insures optimum chain fatigue life. rivemaster I* No. 3 RO635 RX RX238 R R3112 R R432 R1033 RX R506 R1035 R R X X N 578 RO1205 X R588 rivemaster II* RO1306 RX9506 X1311 X1365 ROS X *ontact Rexnord for non-listed chains. Rex drive chains are listed. o interchange Link-elt and Rex chain numbers see pages 54 and 55. MINNN INORMION O ISSSML IN: 1. R N OLLOW LL PRUIONS LIS ON IN OOL. 2. e sure to use the correct chain adapters for the chain being disassembled. 3. Remove dust cover from cylinder and connect pump hose to cylinder by finger tightening. 4. e sure cylinder is completely collapsed. If not, open relief valve (counterclockwise) and push ram in. 5. lose relief valve on hand pump (clockwise). 6. Remove cotters or pinlocks. If this is not possible, tool will shear off without damage to chain or tool, but repinning may be difficult due to the sheared cotter or pinlock that is pressed in the hole. over cotter with rag before shearing. 7. Place chain link to be disassembled securely in saddle with cotter end of pin facing toward ram. 8. or stability it may be helpful to secure pump to steel plate or flat board. 9. pply pressure by pumping hand pump. e sure ram is squarely on end of pin and that head end will clear discharge slot on opposite end. 10. fter pin is free of sidebars remove pin from chain link by pulling through discharge slot. 11. o remove chain from unit, open relief valve (counterclockwise) and close cylinder by pushing ram in. 12. Replace dust cover on cylinder Part Identification ➀ Relief Valve ➁ ylinder ➂ Ram ➃ Saddle and Support Plate 1 O SSML IN: 1. R N OLLOW LL PRUIONS LIS ON IN OOL. 2. e sure to use the correct chain adapters for the chain being assembled. dapters are labeled with chain number. 3. Remove dust cover from cylinder and connect pump hose to cylinder by finger tightening. 4. Place pin in chain joint to be assembled by hand as far as possible. Line up pin locking flats where applicable; tap pin with hammer to Snug- Up, (improper alignment could shear hole). 5. lose relief valve on hand pump (clockwise). 6. Place chain joint securely in saddle (4) with pin head facing toward ram. 7. or stability it may be helpful to secure pump to steel plate or flat board. 8. pply pressure by pumping hand pump. e sure that ram is squarely on pin head. 9. fter pin head is flush with sidebars open relief valve (counterclockwise) and close cylinder by pushing ram down. Remove chain. 10. If chain does not flex freely, hit pin cotter end hard with hammer to establish clearance. 11. Replace dust cover on cylinder. PRUIONS 1. lways wear safety glasses. 2. ake necessary precautions to secure chain. 3. e sure to use correct chain adapters. 4. his tool is not to be used to manufacture chain. 5. o not hammer on this unit when it is under pressure, or at any other time! 6. lways use the hand pump supplied with this unit. rivemaster will not be supplied without hand pump. 7. When not in use, be sure dust covers are replaced. 8. Use this tool only with the chains recommended by Rexnord orp. 168
169 MINNN INORMION IN SSMLY/ISSSMLY OOLS LINKMSR Keep the advantages of interference fit by eliminating pin grinding or heating of sidebars which decreases the fatigue strength of the chain, resulting in premature chain failure. he design of this tool will facilitate assembly or disassembly of larger straight sidebar chains including the Rex R800 and R900 Series and Link-elt SX800 and SX2800 Series elevator chains. he outstanding mobility of this tool allows usage in the elevator as well as on the floor. ontact Rexnord for chains not mentioned above. levator hains Rex R800 and R900 Series Link-elt SX800 and SX2800 Series or detailed dimensions of these chains, see Numerical hain and Sprocket index for page location. SSMLY 1. Insert pin in joint as far as possible. light coat of oil may be 4 applied to the pin O.. and sidebar holes to facilitate assembly. ap the pin lightly with a 3 hammer to provide a snug fit as improper alignment could damage the holes. 2. Place the Linkmaster over the chain joint, and apply pressure 2 squarely on the pin head. Make sure the cotter end clears the recessed contact plate on the opposite end (see View ). 3. pply pressure until the pin head is almost flush with the sidebar. heck the Linkmaster periodically so it doesn t slip off of the pin. 4. Open the relief valve to reduce pressure. 5. Insert the cotter. 6. pply a firm hammer blow on the end of the pin to loosen the joint so it may flex freely. 7. Insert spacer gage between the inside surfaces of the outside sidebars to verify the proper width between them has been maintained. 8. Replace the dust cover on the cylinder. 1 5 Part Identification ➀ Spacer age (Rectangular lat ar) ➁ Relief Valve ➂ orce rm ➃ Ram ➄ Support Plate ISSSMLY ool shown in chain disassembly position. o reassemble chain, reverse tool so ram (4) contacts pin head. 1. e sure cylinder is completely collapsed. 2. lose relief valve on hand pump. 3. Remove cotters, if possible. Otherwise, the Linkmaster will shear them off without damage to the chain or itself. 4. pply pressure by pumping hand pump. e sure ram is squarely on end of pin and that the head end clears the recessed contact plate on the opposite end (see View ). heck this periodically until pin is free of sidebars. ailing to do this could damage pump. 5. o remove unit from chain, open relief valve and close cylinder by pushing force arms together. Newer models have automatic spring return cylinders. 6. Replace the dust cover on the cylinder. MINNN INORMION VIW Rex Linkmaster tool shown positioned to assemble R864 chain. pply pressure to pin head only until it contacts sidebar. e sure pin end will clear support plates shown in View. VIW ool shown positioned to disassemble R864 chain. e sure pin head will clear support plate as shown in View. PRUIONS 1. lways wear safety glasses. 2. ake necessary precautions to secure chain. 3. e sure to use correct chain adapters. 4. his tool is not to be used to manufacture chain. 5. o not hammer on this unit when it is under pressure, or at any other time! 6. lways use the hand pump supplied with this unit. Linkmaster will not be supplied without hand pump. 7. When not in use, be sure dust covers are replaced. 8. Use this tool only with the chains recommended by Rexnord orp. 169
170 NINRIN SPROK PI IMRS he following table (based on chordal pitch) shows the correct sprocket pitch diameters for all types of chains having a taut, uniform pitch of one inch. Sprocket pitch diameters for other uniform chain pitches are directly proportional to the chain pitch. o determine sprocket pitch diameters for any other chain pitch, multiply the tabular diameter by the chain pitch used. No. No. No. No. of Pitch of Pitch of Pitch of eeth iameter, eeth iameter, eeth iameter, eeth N Inches N Inches N Inches N Pitch iameter, Inches NINRIN ONVRSION L raction ecimal Millimeters raction ecimal Millimeters 1/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
171 NINRIN SNR KY N SSRW SIZS Keyseats and Keys rawings and formulas at right illustrate how the depth and width of standard keyseats in shafts and hubs are determined. Refer to explanation of symbols. SS W Y /2 S Symbols: = llowance or clearance for key (normally.005" for parallel keys). = Nominal shaft or bore diameter, inches = Nominal key height, inches W = Nominal key width, inches Y = hordal height, inches = 2 W 2 2 US S = Y 2 W Y /2 SNR KYWY N SSRW SIZS INS Shaft iameters Key Set Over hru W x /2 Screw 7/16 9/16 1/8 x 1/16 #10 9/16 7/8 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 7/8 1-1/4 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 1-1/4 1-3/8 5/16 x 5/32 3/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 Shaft iameters Key Set Over hru W x /2 Screw 1-3/4 2-1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 2-1/4 2-3/4 5/8 x 5/16 1/2 2-3/4 3-1/4 3/4 x 3/8 5/8 3-1/4 3-3/4 7/8 x 7/16 3/4 3-3/4 4-1/2 1 x 1/2 3/4 Shaft iameters Key Set Over hru W x /2 Screw 4-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/4 x 5/8 7/8 5-1/2 6-1/2 1-1/2 x 3/ /2 7-1/2 1-3/4 x 3/ /2 9 2 x 1-3/ /2 x 7/8 1 = Y Shaft iameters Key Set Over hru W x /2 Screw x /2 x 1-1/ x 1-1/ x 1-3/ x x 2-1/2 1 MINIMUM S NR ISN t least 120 wrap is desirable. he minimum center distance to assure 120 wrap may be found by using the following equation: p = N n 3.1 On ratios of less than 3:1, wrap will always be at least 120 in a two sprocket system. he minimum center distance to avoid interference between the two sprockets is: Min. p = N + n +1 6 Where: p = center distance in pitches N = number of teeth on driven sprocket n = number of teeth on driver sprocket Use the larger value of p for your center distance. eet of center distance = enter istance (pitches) x hain Pitch (Ins.) 12 NINRIN 171
172 NINRIN MINIMUM IN LN he approximate chain length may be obtained using this formula: Lp = 2p + N + n + K 2 Where: Lp = Length of chain, in Pitches p = istance between shaft centers, in Pitches N = Number of teeth on riven sprocket n = Number of teeth on river sprocket K =.0258 x (N n)2 eet of chain = hain Length (pitches) x Pitch of hain (Ins.) 12 POWR N YL LULIONS orsepower P = (RPM) P = P (PM) Where: = orque (Inch-Lb.) P = Net chain pull (lbs.) RPM = Shaft speed (Rev./Minute) PM = hain speed (t./minute) hain Speed (In RPM) PM = RPM (no. of teeth) (pitch in inches) 12 Number of ycles of hain Operation cycle is defined as one complete traverse of a given link around the sprockets and back to its starting point. he number of cycles a chain has been operated can be calculated as follows: otal ycles = (no. of teeth) (RPM) (60) (R) (no. of Pitches in hain) Where: R = otal operating time (hours) NINRIN 172
173 NINRIN atenary ension he tension in the chain on the slack side, caused by the catenary sag of the unsupported chain, can be calculated from the following formula: = 2 x W + W x S 96 S 12 Where: = hain tension due to cantenary sag (lbs.) = enter istance (inches) W = Weight of chain (lbs./ft.) S = atenary sag (inches) atenary tension for a chain weighing one pound per foot is shown in the accompanying table. o find the tension in a chain weighing W pounds per foot, multiply the listed value by W. NRY NSION POUNS ➀ enter MOUN O NRY S (INS) istance (Inches) ➀ or chain weighing one pound per foot. orsepower P = (RPM) P = P (PM) Where: = orque (inch-lb.) P = Net chain pull (lbs.) RPM = Shaft speed (Rev./Minute) P = hain speed (t./minute) hain Speed (in RPM) PM = RPM (no. of teeth) (pitch in inches) 12 Number of ycles of hain Operation cycle is defined as one complete traverse of a given link around the sprockets and back to its starting point. he number of cycles a chain has been operated can be calculated as follows: otal ycles = (no. of teeth) (RPM) (60) (R) (no. of Pitches in hain) Where: R = otal operating time (hours) NINRIN 173
174 NINRIN atenary Sag he return strand of a chain normally has some slack. his slack results in a sag, called catenary sag, of the chain. his sag must be of the correct amount if the chain is to operate properly. If the return strand is too tight (too little catenary sag), the load and the wear on working parts will be excessive. If the return strand is too loose, vibration and unwanted chain flexure will result. chain that is properly installed will permit flexing of the return strand by hand. his flexure, measured from a straight line, should not be less than about 3% of the horizontal center distance. he amount of catenary sag that will be present can be calculated as follows: epending on the combination of chain pitch, sprocket center distance, and number of teeth in the sprockets, there will always be excess chain in the system. he catenary sag resulting from this excess chain for various sprocket center distances is given in the table below. S =.375 Where: S = atenary sag (inches) L = Return strand length (inches) = enter distance (inches) = xcess chain, L (inches) L S NINRIN NRY S INS enter istance XSS IN (INS) (Inches) NO: Values above and to the right of the heavy stepped line represent 3% or greater sag. 174
175 NINRIN WIS N ONVYIN RRISIS O MRILS able () lists M material class descriptions and corresponding codes referred to in able (). able () lists typical values. Some materials, particularly ores, vary widely. Weight and angle or repose depend largely on the size distribution in a given material. egree of aeration may be important factor in density of very fine material. ngle of repose may increase with the percentage of fines as well as the angularity of the particles. ines carry most of the moisture content, which is often the controlling factor. or these reasons, the values given can only be approximate. L M MRIL LSS SRIPION. Material haracteristics ode Very fine 100 mesh and under... ine 1/8 inch and under... SIZ ranular Under 1/2 inch... Lumpy containing lumps over 1/2 inch... Irregular string, interlocking, mats together... Very free flowing angle of repose less than 20 degrees... 1 LOWILIY ree flowing angle of repose 20 degrees to 30 degrees... 2 NL of verage flowing angle of repose 30 degrees to 45 degrees... 3 RPOS Sluggish angle of repose 45 degrees and over... 4 Non-abrasive... 5 RSIVNSS brasive... 6 Very abrasive... 7 Very sharp cuts or gouges belt covers... 8 Very dusty... L erates and develops fluid characteristics... M ontains explosive dust... N ontaminable affecting use of saleability... P MISLLNOUS egradable, affecting use of saleability... Q RRISIS ives off harmful fumes or dust... R (Sometimes more ighly corrosive... S than one of Mildly corrosive... these characteristics ygroscopic... U may apply.) Interlocks or mats... V Oils or chemicals present may affect rubber products... W Packs under pressure... X Very light and fluffy may be wind swept... Y levated temperature... Z L ONVYIN PROPRIS O MRILS Lbs. ngle Recom d Material per of Max. ode u. t. Repose Inclin. lfalfa meal Y lum, fine lum, lumpy lumina M *luminum chips Y luminum hydrate luminum oxide M luminum silicate S luminum sulphate mmonium chloride, crystalline S mmonium nitrate *36NUS mmonium sulphate, granular *35U sbestos, ore or rock R sbestos, shred XY shes, coal, dry, 3" and under shes, coal, wet, 3" and under shes, fly shes, gas-producer, wet sphalt, binder for paving sphalt, crushed, 1/2" and under agasse Y akelite and similar plastics, powdered arite arium carbonate arium oxide *ark, wood, refuse VY asalt auxite, ground, dry auxite, mine run auxite, crushed, 3" and under *entonite, crude X entonite, 100 mesh and under XY oneblack, 100 mesh and under Y onechar onemeal orate of lime orax, 1/2" screenings orax, 3" and under oric acid, fine rewer's grain, spent, dry rewer's grain, spent, wet alcium carbide, crushed N arbon, activated, dry, fine Y arbon black, pelletized Q Lbs. ngle Recom d Material per of Max. ode u. t. Repose Inclin. arbon black, powder *35Y arborundum, 3" and under asein ast iron chips ement, Portland M ement, Portland, aerated M ement, rock (see limestone) ement clinker halk, lumpy *harcoal Q hrome ore (chromite) inders, blast furnace *37 inders, coal *37 lay, calcined lay, dry, fines lay, dry, lumpy oal, anthracite, sized oal, bituminous, mined 50 mesh and less oal, bituminous, mined and sized oal, bituminous, mined, run of mine oal, bituminous, stripping, not cleaned oal, lignite oke, loose QV oke, petroleum calcined Y oke breeze, 1/4" and under Y ompost S oncrete, cinder opper ore *37 opper sulfate ork, granulated orn, shelled NW ottonseed cake, crushed ottonseed cake, lumpy W ottonseed meal W ottonseed meats W ryolite, dust ryolite, lumpy ullet Z iatomaceous earth MY icalcium phosphate isodium phosphate Q olomite, lumpy arth, as excavated dry arth, wet, containing clay NINRIN *May vary considerably. onsult your Rexnord representative. 175
176 NINRIN NINRIN L ONVYIN PROPRIS O MRILS (ont d.) Lbs. ngle Recom d Material per of Max. ode u. t. Repose Inclin. bonite, crushed 1/2" and under mery pson salts eldspar, 1/2" screenings eldspar, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps errous sulfate ilter press mud, sugar factory lue dust, boiler house, dry MY luorspar, 1/2" screenings luorspar, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps oundry refuse, old sand cores, etc Z uller s earth, dry uller s earth, oily uller s earth, oil filter, burned uller s earth, oil filter, raw *26 lass batch, wool and container Z lue, pearl rain, distillery, spent, dry WY rain, distillery, spent, wet V ranite, 1/2" screenings ranite, 1-1/2" to 2" lumps ranite, broken raphite, flake ravel, bank run ypsum, 1/2" screenings ypsum, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps uano, dry ops, spent, wet Ice, crushed Ilmenite ore Iron ore *36 Iron ore pellets Q Iron sulfide Kaolin clay, 3" and under Lactose PX Lead arsenate R Lead ores *36R Lead oxides Lead oxides, pulverized Lead sulfide Lignite, air-dried *35 Lime, ground, 1/8" and under X *Lime, hydrated, 1/8" and under MX Lime, hydrated, pulverized MXY Lime, pebble Limestone, agricultural, 1/8" and less Limestone, crushed X Magnesium chloride Magnesium sulfate Malt, dry, whole N Malt, wet or green Manganese dioxide * Manganese ore *37 Manganese sulfate Marble, crushed 1/2" and under Marl Mica, flakes MY Mica, ground *36 Milk, malted PX *Molybdenite, powdered Molybdenum ore Nickel-cobalt, sulfate ore *37 Oil cake W Oxalic acid crystals SU Oyster shells, ground, under 1/2" Oyster shells, whole V Paper pulp stock *15MV Peanuts, in shells Q Peanuts, shelled Q Phosphate, acid, fertilizer Phosphate, triple super, ground fertilizer Phosphate rock, broken, dry Phosphate rock, pulverized Polystyrene pellets PQ Potash salts, sylvite, etc Potassium carbonate Potassium chloride, pellets Lbs. ngle Recom d Material per of Max. ode u. t. Repose Inclin. Potassium nitrate Potassium sulfate X Pumice, 1/8" and under Pyrites, iron, 2" to 3" lumps Pyrites, pellets Quartz, 1/2" screenings Z Quartz, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps Z Rock, crushed Rock, soft, excavated with shovel Rubber, pelletized Rubber, reclaim Salicylic acid U Salt, common dry, coarse U Salt, common dry, fine UW Salt cake, dry, coarse W Salt cake, dry, pulverized N Sand, bank, damp Sand, bank, dry Sand, core X Sand, foundry, prepared Sand, foundry, shakeout Sand, silica, dry Sandstone, broken Sawdust *35 Sewage sludge, moist Shale, broken QZ Shale, crushed Shellac Shellac, powdered or granulated PY Sinter *37 Slag, blast furnace, crushed Slag, furnace, granular, dry Slag, furnace, granular, wet Slate, crushed, 1/2" and under Slate, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps Soap beads or granules Q Soda ash, briquettes Soda ash, heavy Soda ash, light Y Sodium aluminate, ground Sodium aluminum sulfate Sodium antimonate, crushed Sodium nitrate *25 Sodium phosphate Soybeans, whole NW Starch *25 Steel chips, crushed WZ Steel trimmings V Sugar, raw, cane X Sugar, refined, granulated, dry PU Sugar, refined, granulated, wet X Sugar, beet pulp, dry Sugar, beet pulp, wet X Sugar cane, knifed V Sulfate, crushed, 1/2" and under NS Sulfate, 3" and under NS aconite, pellets Q alc, 1/2" screenings alc, 1-1/2" to 3" lumps itanium dioxide itanium sponge obacco scraps Y obacco stems Y raprock, 1/2" screenings raprock, 2" to 3" lumps risodium phosphate, granular risodium phosphate, pulverized Vermiculite, expanded Y Vermiculite ore Y Walnut shells, crushed Wood chips WY Wood chips, hogged, fuel Zinc concentrates Zinc ore, crushed * Zinc ore, roasted Zinc oxide, heavy X Zinc oxide, light XY * May vary considerably. onsult your Rexnord representative. 176
177 NINRIN NINRIN ONSNS 28.8 = equivalent mol. wgt. of air 288,000 tu per 24 hr. = 1 ton of refrigeration in. g at 32 deg. = atm. press m/s = velocity of light (c) 3 ft. = 1 yard 30 in. g at 62 deg. = atmos. press. (very closely) 31 (31.5 for some substances) gallons = 1 barrel = π (reek letter pi ) = ratio circumference of circle to diameter = ratio area of circle to square of radius 32 deg. = freezing point of water = 0 deg.. 32 = atomic wgt. sulphur (S) 32 = mol. wgt. oxygen gas (O 2 ) feet/sec 2 = acceleration of gravity (g) ft. = 1 meter 33,000 ft.-lb. per min. = 1 hp ft. water at 62 deg. = atm. press. 3,415 tu = 1 kw-hr lb. steam f.&a. 212" per sq. ft. of heating surface per hr. = rated boiler evaporation lb. per sq. in. = 1 in. g at 62 deg lb. per sq. ft. = 1 in. water at 62 deg. 5,280 ft. = 1 mile = R, a constant for air, expansion equation: PV = MR 550 ft.-lb. per sec. = 1 hp deg. = 1 radian (angle) grains per gal = 1 gram per liter lb. = wgt. 1 cu. ft. water at 212 deg cu. in. = 1 liter 62,000 tu = cal. val. (higher) hydrogen () miles = 1 kilometer lb. per cu. ft. = 1 kg per cu. meter 62.5 (62.355) lb. = wgt. 1 cu. ft. water at 62 deg. 645 mm 2 = 1 sq. in. 7,000 grains = 1 lb in. g at 62 deg. = 1 in. water at 62 deg. 746 (745.7) watts = 1 hp. 7.5 (7.4805) gal. = 1 cu. ft. 760 millimeters g = atm. press. at 0 deg lb. = wgt. air to burn 1 lb. hydrogen () cu. ft. = 1 cu. meter liters = 1 gal deg. (4 deg. ) water is at greatest density in. = 1 meter = 100 cm = 1000 mm tu = 1 kg calorie 4,000 tu (4,050) = cal. val. of sulphur (S) 4.32 lb. = wgt. air req. to burn 1 lb. sulphur (S) lb. per sq. in. = 1 ft. of water at 62 deg. 43,560 sq. ft. = acre 44 = mol. wgt. carbon dioxide (O 2 ) kg. = 1 lb. 460 (459.6) deg. = absolute zero tu per pound per deg. = approx. specific heat of super-heated steam at atm. press lb. = wgt. 1 cu. ft. air at 62 deg. and 14.7 per sq. in. 778 (777.5) ft.-lb. = 1 tu (work required to raise 1 lb. water 1deg. ) (= ) x diameter squared = area circle 8 = lb. oxygen required to burn 1 lb. hydrogen () (= square root of 2g) x square root of head (ft.) = theoretical velocity of fluids in ft. per sec lb. = wgt. 1 cu. ft. air at 32 deg. and 14.7 lb. per sq. in (8.3356) lb. = wgt. 1 gal. water at 62 deg. 8,760 hr. = 1 year of 365 days 88 ft. per sec. (min.) = 1 mile per min. (hr.) 9 sq. ft. = 1 sq. yard sq. meters = 1 sq. ft tu = Latent heat of evap. of water at 212 deg. NINRIN 177
178 NINRIN SRN O MRILS RNSS N SRN OMPRISON LS ardened Steel and ard lloys 15-N 30-N 45-N ia- 150 kg 60 kg 100 kg 15 kg 30kg 45 kg mond Knoop ensile ROKWLL SUPRIIL Pyramid ard- rinell Strength ard- ness ard- pprox. Only rale rale rale N N N ness 500 g ness rale rale rale 10 kg & Over 3000 kg ksi MPa Soft Steel, rey and Malleable ast Iron rinell Knopp 100 kg 150 kg 15 kg 30 kg 45 kg 60 kg ardness ensile ard- Rockness Strength ROKWLL SUPRIIL well 500 kg 3000 kg pprox. Only 500 g 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" 10 mm.p.. rale & Over all all all all all all 10 kg ksi MPa NO: ardness and Strength omparison ables can only be approximate. hey depend on a number of assumptions, such as metal being homogeneous and having certain hardening characteristics. herefore, these tables are provided only for comparing different hardness scales with each other and with strength in a general way. NINRIN Strength of Materials* ULIM SRN MOULUS O LSIIY MRIL ension ompression Shear Yield Point psi x 10 6 Pa x 10 9 ksi MPa ksi MPa ksi MPa ksi MPa (million psi) (Pa) ray ast Iron (average) lass ray ast Iron (good) lass ray ast Iron (high-str) lass Malleable Iron, rade Malleable Iron, rade Malleable Iron, rade Wrought Iron ast Steel Med. arbon Steel: Structural cold finished SL (or-en, ri-en, etc.) cold finished cold finished Stressproof luminum annealed luminum annealed luminum hard luminum annealed luminum hard rass, Naval, annealed ronze, commercial *ypical values; minimum or guaranteed values would be at least 10% less. 178
179 NINRIN XPNSION MPRUR N OLOR xpansion of odies by ead he coefficient of linear expansion (ε) is the change in length, per unit of length, for a change of one degree of temperature. he coefficient of surface expansion is approximately two times the linear coefficient, and the coefficient of volume expansion, for solids, is approximately three times the linear coefficient. bar, free to move, will increase in length with an increase in temperature and will decrease in length with a decrease in temperature. he change in length will be εtl, where (ε) is the coefficient of linear expansion, (t) the change in temperature, and (l) the length. If the ends of a bar are fixed, a change in temperature (t) will cause a change in the unit stress of εt, and in the total (stress of) εt, where is the cross-sectional area of the bar and (ε) the modulus of elasticity. he table below gives coefficients of linear expansion for 10,000,000 degrees (or 10 7 times the value indicated above). xample: piece of ferritic malleable iron is exactly 40 inches long at 60 degrees ahrenheit. ind the length at 90 degrees ahrenheit, assuming the ends are free to move. hange of length = εtl = 59 x 30 x 40 = inches 10 7 he length at 90 degrees ahrenheit is inch. xample: piece of ferritic malleable is exactly 40 inches long, ends are fixed. If the temperature increases 30 degrees ahrenheit, what is the resulting change in unit stress? hange in unit stress = εt = 29,000,000 x 59 x 30 = 5133 pounds per square inch 10 7 xpansion Substance per 10 7 per 10 7 luminum rass & ronzes arbides & eramets ast Iron (gray & ductile) hromium oncrete opper lass (plate, crown, flint, soda lime) lass (ferrosilicate, pyrex) ranite Ice Lead & lloys Limestone Magnesium & lloys Malleable Iron, erritic Malleable Iron, Pearlitic Masonry Phenolics Plaster OIINS O LINR XPNSION xpansion Substance per 10 7 per 10 7 Plastics (acetal, acrylic, nylon, etc.) (may be half these values if glass reinforced) Polyethylene Porcelain Rubber Sandstone Silver Slate Solder Stainless Steel... erritic & Martinsitic ustentic & ast Steel, igh arbon & lloy Steel, Low arbon in itanium & lloys Wood Zinc olor ark blood red, black red ark red, blood red, low red ark cherry red Medium cherry red herry, full red Light cherry, light red *his table associating color and temperature of iron or steel is due to White and aylor. I MPRURS JU Y OLOR* emperature, egrees ahrenheit olor emperature, egrees ahrenheit Orange, free scaling heat Light orange Yellow Light Yellow White NINRIN 179
180 IN N SPROK INX IN N SPROK INX hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit MP rive hain levator and onveyor levator and onveyor SP levator and onveyor 1131 S ast Steel rag S17 S ast Steel rag S19 S ast Steel rag S21 S ast Steel rag S23 S ast Steel rag S27 S ast Steel rag S28 S ast Steel rag S ast etachable 32 RO rive hain 1030 RO 40 YPR rive hain ast etachable ast etachable 45 N Polymeric N ast etachable ast etachable ast etachable ombination ombination Mill 60 RS levator and onveyor RS ast etachable Mill ast etachable ombination ombination 67 N Polymeric N Mill Roller-op PR Roller-op R Roof-op SR Roller-op 78 N Polymeric N78 N Polymeric N78 W Welded Steel 78 W Welded Steel 78 WR Welded Steel X 10, levator and onveyor X 10, levator and onveyor X 10, levator and onveyor Mill 103 N Polymeric N82 W Welded Steel ombination ombination ast rag 102 S levator and onveyor 102 SS levator and onveyor 102 W Welded Steel 102 W Welded Steel / ombination 102-1/ / ombination 102-1/2 S 102-1/ levator and onveyor 102-1/2 SS 102-1/ levator and onveyor 102-1/ ast etachable ast rag 104 W Welded Steel 104 W Welded Steel 104 WX Welded Steel 106 WX 106 S Welded Steel 106 WX 106 X Welded Steel ombination ombination ast rag 110 S levator and onveyor 110 SS levator and onveyor 110 W Welded Steel 110 W Welded Steel 110 W Welded Steel ombination ombination W ombination 111 S levator and onveyor 111 S 111 SP * levator and onveyor 111SP 7.420* SS levator and onveyor 111 WX Welded Steel ast rag 112 W Welded Steel 112 *wo-pitch hain hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit W Welded Steel ast rag 110 W Welded Steel 110 W Welded Steel ast rag 116 W Welded Steel 116 W Welded Steel 116 W Welded Steel W118 W Welded Steel W ast Steel rag ast rag 120 SM ouble lex 9250 W Welded Steel 120 W Welded Steel ast Steel rag ast Steel rag W ombination 1240 RO rive hain 1240 WX Welded Steel 124 WX Welded Steel 124 WSX Welded Steel ast Steel rag R Roof-op Roof-op 130 W 130/ Welded Steel ombination ombination Roof-op 131 S levator and onveyor 103 SS levator and onveyor 103 X ombination 132 X 132 WS ombination 132 Z 132 WS ombination ombination W ombination W ombination 132 WX Welded Steel 132 WSX Welded Steel 132 R ombination R Roof-op Roof-op 130 SS 150 Plus levator and onveyor 1903 SX levator and onveyor 132 SX levator and onveyor 132 WX Welded Steel 132 SS levator and onveyor 152 WX Welded Steel 132 WX Welded Steel 132 WX Welded Steel 132 SX levator and onveyor SX175 SR levator and onveyor ombination ombination 78 S levator and onveyor 78 SS levator and onveyor 78 SR levator and onveyor 188 SR levator and onveyor 194 SR levator and onveyor 196 SR L ushed hains 196 SR SS ushed hains 196 RX rive hain 238 N Polymeric ouble lex N250 N 250 WS Polymeric ouble lex N250 W Welded Steel levator and onveyor 270 RS levator and onveyor 303 N Polymeric ouble lex N325 N 325 WS Polymeric ouble lex N325 X rive hain X345 N rop orged 348 S rop orged 348 X rop orged 348 R rive hain 62 RR levator and onveyor 62 R rive hain 62 RR levator and onveyor 62 S rop orged 458 X rop orged rop orged 468 S rop orged ast rag
181 IN N SPROK INX hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit W Welded Steel 480 W Welded Steel 480 R rive hain rive hain 508 R rive hain rive hain levator and onveyor 531 RR levator and onveyor rive hain 78 RO rive hain 78 W Welded Steel 480 R rive hain 78 RR levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 589 SML ombination SML618 RO rive hain 62 RO rive hain 62 RS levator and onveyor 62 RS levator and onveyor 62 SML ombination SML628 RO rive hain 635 RS levator and onveyor 1604 S rop orged 678 X rop orged 678 W Welded Steel rop orged 698 S rop orged 698 S rop orged Pintle 720S 720 S Pintle 720S 720 S Pintle S720S Pintle 720S S 720 S Pintle S720S W 720 S Welded Steel S720S Pintle S Pintle S Pintle 730 S Pintle S730 RO rive hain 506 R rive hain 78 RR levator and onveyor 78 W Welded Steel Pintle 78 S levator and onveyor 823 SR levator and onveyor 825 SR levator and onveyor 830 S levator and onveyor 833 SS levator and onveyor 844 SR levator and onveyor 844 RO levator and onveyor RO850 SS 850 Plus levator and onveyor RO850 SO 850 Plus levator and onveyor RO850 RS levator and onveyor 856 SX levator and onveyor 856 R eavy uty levator 856 R eavy uty levator 859 R eavy uty levator 864 RO rive hain 78 RO rive hain 78 RS levator and onveyor 78 SX eavy uty levator SX886 RS levator and onveyor Pintle Pintle Pintle 907 R levator and onveyor 911 RS levator and onveyor 911 R levator and onveyor 922 R levator and onveyor 922 SS levator and onveyor 922 SS levator and onveyor 922 SS levator and onveyor SS928 R levator and onveyor 933 R levator and onveyor 933 SS levator and onveyor Pintle 42 SS levator and onveyor SS942 SS 944 Plus levator and onveyor Pintle 45 RS levator and onveyor 1131 S levator and onveyor S951 *wo-pitch hain hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit Pintle 52 RS levator and onveyor Pintle 45 R eavy uty levator 856 R eavy uty levator 958 RS levator and onveyor Pintle Pintle 67 R eavy uty levator Pintle 78 RS levator and onveyor rop orged 998 S rop orged rive hain 1030 RO rive hain 1030 RO rive hain 1030 R rive hain 1030 R rive hain levator and onveyor 1036 R rive hain levator and onveyor 1039 SS levator and onveyor 78 RS levator and onveyor 1113 RS levator and onveyor 196 SR levator and onveyor 196 RS levator and onveyor 196 RR levator and onveyor 1120 RS , levator and onveyor rive hain 1204 RO rive hain 1207 RX rive hain levator and onveyor 1211 RS levator and onveyor 1211 R levator and onveyor 1222 R levator and onveyor 1222 SS levator and onveyor 1222 SS levator and onveyor 1222 SS levator and onveyor 1232 R levator and onveyor 1233 R levator and onveyor 1233 SS levator and onveyor rive hain rive hain 1240 RO rive hain 1240 SS levator and onveyor SS rive hain 1240 R levator and onveyor 1244 R levator and onveyor 1244 RX rive hain 1240 R rive hain 1240 R levator and onveyor 2397 apped levator and onveyor rive hain 1301 RO rive hain 1306 ROS rive hain 1306 X rive hain rive hain 1309 X rive hain X1311 RO rive hain RO1315 X rive hain X1338 X rive hain X1343 X rive hain X1345 X rive hain X1351 X rive hain X1353 RO rive hain RO1355 RO rive hain RO1356 X rive hain X levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 1030 RS levator and onveyor 1030 X rive hain levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 197 SS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor L ushed hains SS ushed hains 2180 R levator and onveyor 2452 RS levator and onveyor 2124 IN N SPROK INX 181
182 IN N SPROK INX IN N SPROK INX hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit R levator and onveyor 1822 R levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 1833 R levator and onveyor 1844 SS levator and onveyor 1536 SS levator and onveyor 270 RO rive hain 514 RS levator and onveyor 2047 RS levator and onveyor 2064 SO levator and onveyor 103 R levator and onveyor 2111 RO levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 196 SS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor levator and onveyor S levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 188 RS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 197 RS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 2124 W Welded Steel rag 110 SS levator and onveyor 2236 RO levator and onveyor 1131 RO 2284 Plus levator and onveyor 1131 RS levator and onveyor 1131 RS 2284 Plus levator and onveyor 1131 W Welded Steel rag 116 R levator and onveyor 2342 W Welded Steel rag 480 RR levator and onveyor 2397 R levator and onveyor 2342 RO rive hain 1568 RS levator and onveyor 2600 R levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 2800 RS levator and onveyor 2800 RS levator and onveyor 2804 RS levator and onveyor 2806 RO rive hain 238 R levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 2848 WX Welded Steel 132 SX levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 2858 SX levator and onveyor 859 SX levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 2868 R Roller onveyor R3007 R Roller onveyor R3011 RS levator and onveyor 183 RS rive hain X345 R rive hain rive hain M rive hain NSI #120 RO rive hain NSI # rive hain rive hain 31 RO 3125 YPR rive hain 3125 RO YPR rive hain 31 SR levator and onveyor M rive hain NSI #140 RO rive hain NSI # M rive hain NSI #160 RO rive hain NSI #160 RO 3160 S rive hain rive hain NSI #180 RS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 3285 RO rive hain levator and onveyor L ushed hains SS ushed hains 1113 X levator and onveyor * ouble lex * *wo-pitch hain hain at. hain ype of Sprocket No. Page Pitch hain Unit RO rive hain 635 WX Welded Steel 132 X levator and onveyor 4004 R Roller onveyor R4007 R levator and onveyor 4009 R levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 4011 R Roller onveyor R4011 RS levator and onveyor 1120 RS levator and onveyor 1120 RO rive hain 1207 SS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 4065 RS levator and onveyor 4065 RS levator and onveyor Pintle 4124 RS levator and onveyor 194 RS levator and onveyor levator and onveyor 4539 RO rive hain 1306 RO rive hain 1306 SS levator and onveyor SS4843 RS levator and onveyor 1251 RS levator and onveyor 4009 RS levator and onveyor 4004 WX Welded Steel 4855 SS levator and onveyor 4871 RO rive hain RO1315 WX Welded Steel rag 6121 WX Welded Steel rag levator and onveyor 5208 RO rive hain RO1356 RO rive hain 1301 RS levator and onveyor 196 SO levator and onveyor 6065 WX Welded Steel rag 6121 WX Welded Steel rag 6121 RO rive hain RO6214 RS levator and onveyor R rive hain 645 RS levator and onveyor 1131 RO rive hain X1311 RO rive hain RO levator and onveyor 6826 RO rive hain levator and onveyor levator and onveyor Pintle 103 W Welded Steel rop orged 9118 S rop orged ouble lex 9250 N Polymeric ouble lex N9350 N 9350 WS Polymeric ouble lex N9350 RX rive hain levator and onveyor
183 SUJ INX musement ride applications PPNIX INORMION hain and sprocket index to 182 ngineering information to 177 Subject index to 184 ucket flight wings uckets, elevator to 133 ast and chill iron sprocket hubs to 112 S INS ttachments to 88 ombination chain to 81 etachable chain rag chain to 74 Mill chain Pintle chain to 77 Roller-top chain Roof-top chain ransfer chain atenary to 174 enter distance calculation, minimum to 172 IN SSORIS levator buckets to 133 Polymeric buckets to 131 eneral information ucket and flight wings ucket listing Segmental rim sprockets and traction wheels eneral information Split hub bodies Solid hub bodies ast rims Sprockets ast sprocket listing to 118 abricated steel sprockets to 110 ast sprocket hubs solid ow to order ast drum flanged traction wheels Selection and specification to 108 Octagonal tail wheels Sprocket types abricated split hubs Sprockets and traction wheels ast traction wheels ast sprocket hubs split abricated solid hubs hain breakers to 169 hain interchange hain length, minimum hain and sprocket index to 182 hordal action ombination chain to 81 orrosion-resistant chains ecimal/fraction/metric conversion table SIN N SLION pplications beyond scope of catalog selection hain selection procedures onveyor chain selection to 160 Polymeric chains to 163 levator chain selection rive chain selection to 149 eat treatment see RMN heading etachable chain ouble flex chains, metal to 101 ouble flex chains, polymeric to 98 R IN enter distance hain length ast chains to 74 Welded chains rive chain selection, ngineered class to 149 RIV INS 3100 series chain listings rive chain listings to 55 eneral information to 52 Offset sidebar drive chains Sealed joint drive chains Selection procedures using tables to 149 Selection tables to 149 Service factors to 140 Straight sidebar chains System design considerations rivemaster ROP OR ttachments to 93 hain listings LVOR N ONVYOR INS ttachments to 49 ast chains to 88 hains with rollers to 17, 22 to 27 hains without rollers to 21, 28 to 29 onveyor selection procedures to 160 orrosion-resistant chains ouble flex chain sprockets ouble flex chains, metal to 101 ouble flex chains, polymeric to 98 rop forged chains to 93 levator chain pull calculation Live roller conveyor chains Low friction (L) bushed chains Polymeric chains to 98 Welded steel chains to 70 levator buckets to SUJ INX
184 SUJ INX SUJ INX NINR SL IN onnecting and isconnecting to 165 onveyor and elevator chain to 49 esign information see SIN N SLION xpansion temperature and color Lubrication materials and processes to 167 ngineering constants uide to welding attachments to 64 ardness and strength comparison tables RMN Sprockets Welded steel chain options to 57 eavy duty drag chain ollow pin chain type mill, cast type mill, polymeric I ILR WLS ast drum flanged Polymeric Interchange chain K Keyways, standard dimensions L Linkmaster Live roller conveyor chains Low friction (L) bushed chains M MINNN INORMION ssembly/disassembly tools to 169 onnecting and disconnecting chain to 165 onveyor chain maintenance rive chain maintenance Material characteristics, conveyed materials to 176 Metric/decimal/fraction conversion table Mill chain, cast P Pintle chain to 77 POLYMRI INS N SSORIS pplication information to 163 atenary sag ouble flex chains to 98 ouble-flanged polymeric idlers nvironmental factors Maintenance information Materials Sprockets and idler wheels to 128 Sprocket features/benefits Straight running chains to 95 Straight running attachments Wear strips to 162 Power and cycle calculations R Roller-top chain Roof-top chain S S Series drop forged chain Segmental rim sprockets and traction wheels to 123 Selection procedures see SIN N SLION heading SPIL PPLIION IN musement rides ottling and beverage industry ane sugar and beet processing istribution and material handling raw bench and steel industry chains scalators and walkways ood processing rain handling chain igh performance elevator chains igh sidebar chain In-floor conveying chain Reclaimer and barge/ship unloading chains Sprocket/chain index to 182 Sprocket pitch diameters Sprockets, see IN SSORIS Sprockets traction wheels, see IN SSORIS Strength of materials ransfer chains W WL SL IN ttachments to 70 rag chain rag chain head sprockets rag chain sprockets rag chain tail sprockets eneral information to 57 eat treatment processes to 57 eavy duty drag chain Narrow series to 59 Welding instructions to 64 Wide series to 61 Welding instructions, welded and chain to 64 Weights and conveying characteristics of materials to
Rexnord and Link-Belt Engineered Steel Chains
onveyor, levator & rive hains atalog ownload the most up-to-date version at www.rexnord.com/documentation Rexnord and Link-elt ngineered Steel hains Section Index escription Page Special pplication hain
Elevator and Drag Chains. Cement Industry Chains and Accessories
levator and rag Chains Cement Industry Chains and ccessories he Leader in levator Chain esign Simply stated, an elevator chain must provide predictable wear life for the longest time possible. his factor
For New Technology Network. Steel Manufacturing Machinery Product Guide Book
For New Technology Network R Steel Manufacturing Machinery Product Guide Book Ecological / Economical proposals from NTN NTN products exhibit benefits at various locations. Steel manufacturing equipment
British Standard / ANSI Product Guide
British Standard / ANSI Product Guide Table of Contents The Diamond Chain Company 4 The Diamond Difference 5 Fabrication 6 Infinity by Diamond Chain ISO/British Standard Series Chain 7 Infinity by Diamond
Timber Processing Wallboard Conveyor Enmasse Systems Fulton, IL / USA
81X Series Products Timber Processing Wallboard Conveyor Enmasse Systems Fulton, IL / USA 2 Made in ISO 9001 REGISTERED 100 years...of advanced engineering knowledge and experience adds up to the best
Varel International Workover Bits for remedial, re-entry AND frac plug Drilling Applications
Varel International Workover Bits for remedial, re-entry AND frac plug Drilling Applications Varel International offers the industry's broadest selection of high quality drill bits for remedial, re-entry
FRICTION MATERIALS & BONDING SERVICES
FRICTION MATERIALS & BONDING SERVICES World Class Friction Materials & Bonding Services The Industry Leader Midwest Brake has been a leading supplier of non asbestos industrial friction material and bonding
Cement Processing Overview. Power Transmission Products & Solutions for Cement Processing
Cement Processing Overview Power Transmission Products & Solutions for Cement Processing Choose Rexnord to help you produce tomorrow s cement today. From specification and installation to field monitoring
Q&A Session for Advanced Ball Screws 102: Troubleshooting for Design Engineers
Q&A Session for Advanced Ball Screws 102: Troubleshooting for Design Engineers Topic: Noise Q: Is there a way to predict/calculate noise on a ball screw? A: No, there is no way to calculate the noise of
These features have made Lo Torc valves the choice of high pressure plug value users, worldwide:
LO TORC Plug Valve The high value, dependable performance, and low maintenance requirements of Halliburton Lo Torc valves can help reduce overall operating costs and help cut downtime. These features have
TRUSTED SOLUTIONS AND INNOVATION CATALOG DIE SETS
www.danly.com TRUSTED SOLUTIONS AND INNOVATION CATALOG DIE SETS Quality & performance Quick delivery Precision Components www.danly.com CATALOG DIE SETS Service We Deliver and Quality You Can Depend On
GEAROLOGY 4-1 WORMS AND WORM GEARS WORMS AND WORM GEARS
GEAROLOGY 4-1 4 4-2 GEAROLOGY COMMON APPLICATIONS: Worm and worm gear sets are used in many, everyday products including: electrical mixers, hubometers, right Now that you have an understanding of two
Nose-Over Conveyor Design Manual. Nose-Over Conveyor 1500, 7526, 1625, 8500 Series MatTop Chain
Nose-Over Conveyor Design Manual Nose-Over Conveyor 1500, 7526, 1625, 8500 Series MatTop Chain Contents Safety Considerations Introduction Dynamic Nose-Over Bar (1500 and 8500 Series):... 4 Dynamic Nose-Roller
Tolerance Charts. Dr. Pulak M. Pandey. http://paniit.iitd.ac.in/~pmpandey
Tolerance Charts Dr. Pulak M. Pandey http://paniit.iitd.ac.in/~pmpandey Introduction A tolerance chart is a graphical method for presenting the manufacturing dimensions of a workpiece or assembly at all
Lecture slides on rolling By: Dr H N Dhakal Lecturer in Mechanical and Marine Engineering, School of Engineering, University of Plymouth
Lecture slides on rolling By: Dr H N Dhakal Lecturer in Mechanical and Marine Engineering, School of Engineering, University of Plymouth Bulk deformation forming (rolling) Rolling is the process of reducing
Sheet Metal Stamping Dies & Processes
Training Objectives After watching the program and reviewing this printed material, the viewer will gain knowledge and understanding of the stamping process and the die systems used to form sheet metal.
ProTurn Power Turn Belts, Merge Table Belts
ProTurn Power Turn Belts, Merge Table Belts WHAT CAN WE OFFER? POWER TURN REPLACEMENT BELTS FROM BELTSERVICE In the case of conveyors, sometimes the most direct route isn t a straight line. In these situations,
CHAIN CARE & TROUBLE SHOOTING
Fatigue Failure Bushing Fatigue Stress Corrosion Stress Corrosion and Hydrogen Embrittlement These closely related failures are similar in appearance and nature. They appear as cracks which initiate at
Specifications for Programs: 737, 747, 757, 767, 777, 787
= Performed by GKN BAC 5000 AN General Sealing 6-262, 6-265, 6-267, 6-270 PSD for 787 Only: 6-242, 6-269, 6-271 PSD for 777 Only: 6-261,6-264, 6-266, 6-269, 6-271 BAC 5004 L Installation of Permanent Fasteners
Cat. Sizes to fit Cat Skid Steer Loaders, Wheel Loaders, Telehandlers, Backhoe Loaders, and most other manufacturers models.
Cat tires enhance productivity with design innovations and with the valuable option of purchasing your tires complete as mounted assemblies. Cat dealers and Cat tire retailers stock wheel types, sizes,
UC-SERIES TIMKEN BALL BEARING HOUSED UNITS
UC-SERIES TIMKEN BALL BEARING HOUSED UNITS 3 TIMKEN BALL BEARING HOUSED UNITS DESIGNED FOR OPTIMIZED PERFORMANCE For more than 110 years, Timken innovations continue to keep the world in motion, including
ULTRA 865HD HIGH PERFORMANCE MULTI PURPOSE GREASE
ULTRA 865HD HIGH PERFORMANCE MULTI PURPOSE GREASE Contains penetrants, lubricants and greases All weather Water-resistant Penetrates like an oil, then cures to a thick, water-resistant grease Recommended
61W - Wafer style resilient seated butterfly valve 61L - Lugged style resilient seated butterfly valve
61W - Wafer style resilient seated butterfly valve 61L - Lugged style resilient seated butterfly valve Features Rounded polished disc edge gives full concentric sealing, lower torques, longer seat life
One and Two-piece Torque Rods and Replacement Bushings LIT NO: 45745-148
One and Two-piece Torque Rods and Replacement Bushings LIT NO: 45745-148 DATE: January 2008 REVISION: B HENDRICKSON ULTRA ROD PLUS Torque Rod Bonded Bushing Provides Longer Life Bonding makes a better
1000-LB. TRAILER JACK OWNER S MANUAL
1000-LB. TRAILER JACK OWNER S MANUAL WARNING: Read carefully and understand all INSTRUCTIONS before operating. Failure to follow the safety rules and other basic safety precautions may result in serious
Conveyor chain. www.renold.com
Conveyor chain www.renold.com 2 I Renold Conveyor Catalogue Renold Product Range Roller British, ANSI, API, DIN, ISO and Works Standard s Adapted s Extended Pitch s Hollow Pin s Made to Order, Special
The smart route to performance.
M e r i t o r T r a n s i t B u s a n d C o a c h A x l e s The smart route to performance. Meritor Transit Bus and Coach Axles FH-946 The Industry s Axle Leader. With more than a century of axle-manufacturing
R310EN 2225 (2011.04) The Drive & Control Company
Ball Rail Systems Resist NRII R310EN 5 (011.04) he Drive & Control Company R310EN 5 (011.04) Ball Rail Systems Resist NR II Bosch Rexroth AG 3 Ball Rail Systems Resist NRII General Product Description
Conveyor Chain. www.renold.com
Conveyor Chain www.renold.com 2 I Renold Conveyor Chain Catalogue Renold Chain Product Range Roller Chain British, ANSI, API, DIN, ISO and Works Standard Chains Adapted Chains Extended Pitch Chains Hollow
LiftAlloy Chain Slings
CHAIN SLING BASICS Slings Lift-All chain slings meet or exceed all OSHA, ASME B30.9 and NACM standards and regulations. chain slings, available in 80 for 7/32" and 7/8"- /4" and 00 for 9/32"-3/4", are
Pallet Jack. OWNER S MANUAL Model MH1230. Important Safety Instructions Assembly Instructions Parts and Hardware Identification
OWNER S MANUAL Model MH1230 Important Safety Instructions Assembly Instructions Parts and Hardware Identification Pallet Jack CAUTION: Read, understand and follow ALL instructions before using this product
GEAROLOGY 2-1 SPUR GEARS SPUR GEARS
GEAROLOGY 2-1 2 2-2 GEAROLOGY COMMON APPLICATIONS: Spur gears are used to Now that you ve been introduced to both Boston Gear and some of the basics of our Gearology course which we like to call Power
Introduction to JIGS AND FIXTURES
Introduction to JIGS AND FIXTURES Introduction The successful running of any mass production depends upon the interchangeability to facilitate easy assembly and reduction of unit cost. Mass production
ENGLISH FORK GUIDE 2013
FORK GUIDE 2013 ENGLISH 1 With a brand which is synonymous with specialists in forest products handling attachments, BOLZONI AURAMO offers its expertise and market leading attachments for all requirements,
Belt Drives and Chain Drives. Power Train. Power Train
Belt Drives and Chain Drives Material comes for Mott, 2002 and Kurtz, 1999 Power Train A power train transmits power from an engine or motor to the load. Some of the most common power trains include: Flexible
THE SIMPLEX HAND PUMP
INTRODUTION HND PUMPS THE SIMPLEX HND PUMP Pivoting linkage reduces wear for longer pump life. djustable pivot for the absolute lowest handle effort. Large bronze piston for more speed and durability.
All The Right Choices
Cat Undercarriage All The Right Choices Optimizing the value of your small and medium track machines with undercarriage options designed to match your applications and underfoot conditions. Carrying On
Valu Guide Sheaths. Valu Guide Inserts. Optional Valu Guide Inserts. Typical Properties of Valu Guide Rail. and Hardware.
14 gauge stainless steel The Original, Long Life Sanitary Guide Rail Valu Guide rail incorporates two outstanding materials: stainless steel and UHMW. The 14 ga. stainless steel sheath provides rigid streamlined
ZIG-ZAG 2035 Continuous Overhead Power Chain Conveyor
ZIG-ZAG 2035 Continuous Overhead Power Chain Conveyor 2 6 MINIMUM 3 6 MAXIMUM 5 4-3/4 1 6-1/2 1 0 TRAVEL TANGENT 2-0 STANDARD RADIUS 26-1/2 4 0 HARDWARE PACKAGE 53 A 19-3/4 42 A 9 1 2-11/16 6-3/16 17 ZIG-ZAG
It's large enough to handle most welding job shop projects, yet small enough to make it a worth while home-workshop tool
It's large enough to handle most welding job shop projects, yet small enough to make it a worth while home-workshop tool H Craft Print Project No. 272 ERE'S a metal bender that will enable you to bend
Belt Tensioning Methods for Small Package Conveyors What s the best solution?
Belt Tensioning Methods for Small Package Conveyors What s the best solution? Industrial White Paper By: Michael A. Hosch, P.E. Dorner Mfg. Corp. 975 Cottonwood Avenue Hartland, WI 53029 USA Phone: 800
Chapter 5 - Aircraft Welding
Chapter 5 - Aircraft Welding Chapter 5 Section A Study Aid Questions Fill in the Blanks 1. There are 3 types of welding:, and, welding. 2. The oxy acetylene flame, with a temperature of Fahrenheit is produced
STORAGE SYSTEMS PUSH BACK RACK SYSTEMS. Innovative Solutions for Storage and Material Handling Systems
STORAGE SYSTEMS PUSH BACK RACK SYSTEMS Innovative Solutions for Storage and Material Handling Systems Konstant.com PUSH BACK OVERVIEW Konstant patented Push Pack rack system provides selectivity in the
Premium Conventional. General Tire Information. High quality; low operating cost. Pneumatic ride in extreme conditions.
Tire and Overview Premium Conventional 185-9932 254 mm (10 419 mm (16.5 185-9933 304 mm (12 419 mm (16.5 High quality; low operating cost. Skid Steer Loader Tires 5436 XD 222-3962 254 mm (10 419 mm (16.5
Lightweight, Heavy Duty
Lightweight, Heavy Duty Trench Covers System Reliability The light weight combined with the tremendous strength of Comcore Trench Covers translates into speed, productivity and increased system reliability.
Lathe Milling Attachment
Lathe Milling Attachment By L C. MASON BY CLEVERLY stacking cold-rolled flat stock together, T-slots and slide for this lathe milling attachment are made without costly machinery. In fact, only two tools,
SKF Transmission chains
SKF ransmission chains 2 Contents A A Introduction Standards and compliance... 3 Chain parts... 14 B Selection and procedures Chain selection procedure and design guidelines... 10 ower rating tables..................................
Valve Steel. Valve Steel
Valve Steel Valve Steel BÖHLER-UDDEHOLM Precision Strip AB is one of the world s leading manufacturers of high quality strip steel. More than a century s experience of cold rolling has given us a unique
North American Stainless
North American Stainless Long Products Stainless Steel Grade Sheet 2205 UNS S2205 EN 1.4462 2304 UNS S2304 EN 1.4362 INTRODUCTION Types 2205 and 2304 are duplex stainless steel grades with a microstructure,
Power Transmission Solutions
Power Transmission Solutions Specialists in chain, gears and couplings www.renold.com 2 I Specialists in chain, gears & couplings Renold products Unique quality and performance Leading edge technology
MATERIALIZING VISIONS. Bohler-Uddeholm P20 Modified
MATERIALIZING VISIONS Bohler-Uddeholm P20 Modified General Bohler-Uddeholm P20 Modified is a Cr-Mo-alloyed steel which is supplied in the hardened and tempered condition. P20 Modified offers the following
There is no upside to. down time
EXPANDED and PERFORATED Data and Specifications 30 Similar to Type 302 with excellent mechanical properties, resistance to many corrosive agents. Useful where sanitation and cleanliness are important.
BAGGAGE HANDLING SYSTEMS. Trastecnica S.p.A. Handling Baggage Systems Edition 2002 - Rev. 00-1 -
BAGGAGE HANDLING SYSTEMS Trastecnica S.p.A. Handling Baggage Systems Edition 2002 - Rev. 00-1 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICS INDEX Check-in with one conveyor 4 Scales 6 Belt Conveyors 8 Take away 9 Feeder and Belt
Gunite Disc Brake Rotors
Gunite Disc Brake Rotors Maintenance Manual Gunite is the industry leader in the development of brake system components for heavy-duty truck applications including air disc brake rotors. Gunite was the
SLACK PERFORMANCE KARTS
SLACK PERFORMANCE KARTS SET UP GUIDE Thank you for purchasing a 2013 Slack Axiom Chassis. Performance Mfg. strives to provide you with the very best chassis and components on the market today. Your satisfaction
M128 SERVICE MANUAL- M128 MODEL #S-11 MANUAL CAN OPENER
SERVICE MANUAL- M128 MODEL #S-11 MANUAL CAN OPENER 1 Model S-11 Can Opener Assembly Procedure The Model S-11 can opener will be assembled according to the following procedure: I. Model S-11 Handle and
OVERALL CONVEYOR WIDTH STEEL ALUMINUM MODEL # PER FT. 10 FT. 5 FT. PER FT. 10 FT. 5 FT. PER FT. 10 FT. 5 FT. PER FT. 10 FT. 5 FT.
Pick Smarter. Pick Better. Pick UNEX. Skatewheel (SW) Skatewheel Gravity Conveyor is ideally suited to convey lightweight packages and where operations require portable or temporary conveyor lines such
LONG LIFE BEARING SERIES
LONG LIFE BEARING SERIES . Extension of Bearing Life. Mechanism of Flaking FLAKING IN CONTAMINATED LUBRICANT Mechanism Type SURFACE STARTING FLAKING SURFACE FLAKING Abrasion caused by small hard particles
Two most common lock nut groups: 1-Prevailing Torque Type Lock Nuts:
Two most common lock nut groups: 1. PREVAILING TORQUE a design feature of the lock nut produces friction between threads of mated components thereby increasing the force needed to tighten as well as loosen
Operating Manual. Los Angeles Abrasion Machine HM-70A & HM-70AF
Operating Manual Los Angeles Abrasion Machine HM-70A & HM-70AF Rev: 07/19/2012 PHONE: 800-444-1508 P.O. Box 200, Lewis Center, Ohio 43035-0200 FAX: 800-255-5314 740-548-7298 E-mail: [email protected]
Pipe Cutting and Beveling Clamshells
Pipe Cutting and Beveling Clamshells Who We Are One Company, Total Support, Complete Solutions For more than a century, Hydratight has provided world-class bolted joint solutions and continues to set international
I BEAM TRACK INSTALLATION
PDQ 0/700 FESTOON SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION The PDQ Festoon System was designed to run on one of three sizes of I-beams: S x., S8 x 8. and S x.. System trolleys must
NEW SIX-SEALS CUTTING RING. INTERNATIONAL INDUSTRIAL PATENT Nr. 864061 of the 10/03/99 FLANKS AND DOES NOT REPLACE THE STANDARD RING CURRENTLY IN USE
B4 NEW SIX-SEALS CUTTING RING. INTERNATIONAL INDUSTRIAL PATENT Nr. 864061 of the 10/03/99 FLANKS AND DOES NOT REPLACE THE STANDARD RING CURRENTLY IN USE AVAILABLE IN CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL 23 THEORY
ENDURO SERIES MAINTENANCE FREE CHAINS
E NDURO SE R IES MAINTE NANCE FR E E CHAINS E N D U R O M A I N T E N A N C E F R E E C H A I N S Regina ENDURO chains are designed to operate in lube-free applications. Designed to work without periodic
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION FIBERGRATE MOLDED GRATING. January 24, 2014 06610-1
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION FIBERGRATE MOLDED GRATING January 24, 2014 06610-1 SECTION 06610 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS (FRP) FABRICATIONS MOLDED GRATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR
758 Heavy-duty Ratchet Guy Wire Cutter
INSTRUCTION MANUAL 758 Heavy-duty Ratchet Guy Wire Cutter Read and understand all of the instructions and safety information in this manual before operating or servicing this tool. Register this product
TechCut 4 Precision Low Speed Saw
Product Brochure TechCut 4 Precision Low Speed Saw 3" - 6" Blade Range Digital Speed Display 1-Micron Sample Indexing Spring-Loaded Dressing Stick Attachment All Aluminum & Stainless Steel Construction
Roller Chain Coupling
Roller Chain Coupling Features 1. Simple structure A roller chain coupling consists of one duplex roller chain and two sprockets for a simplex chain. Handling is very simple as both the shafts (driving
L I V E T O O L F O R O K U M A
L I V E T O O L F O R O K U M A The Way to Success [Heimatec headquarters-germany] Heimatec is an international manufacturing company headquartered in Renchen, Germany. Heimatec s 40,000 square foot facility,
The world leader in conveyor pulleys
The world leader in conveyor pulleys You ask. We Deliver. Chantland pulleys and rollers come in virtually any diameter, wall thickness, length, shaft size or end type. They re built from stainless steel,
UDDEHOLM COMPONENT BUSINESS
UDDEHOLM COMPONENT BUSINESS UDDEHOLM COMPONENT BUSINESS 1 UDDEHOLMS AB No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted for commercial purposes without permission of the copyright holder. This
Working Drawing and Assemblies. Chapter 10
Working Drawing and Assemblies Chapter 10 Objectives 1.Define working drawings. 2. Describe how working drawings are used in industry. 3. List the major components of a complete set of working drawings.
Lapping and Polishing Basics
Lapping and Polishing Basics Applications Laboratory Report 54 Lapping and Polishing 1.0: Introduction Lapping and polishing is a process by which material is precisely removed from a workpiece (or specimen)
LEADER IN CUTTING TECHNOLOGY
LEADER IN CUTTING TECHNOLOGY FOR OVER 2 YEARS REASONS WHY TRONEX IS THE BEST IN THE WORLD 1 2 SUPERIOR CUTTING PERFORMANCE Cut hundreds of thousands of times before dulling. Cut hundreds of thousands of
Products. EschmannStahlGrades Plastic Mould Steel Hot Work Tool Steel Cold Work Tool Steel Overview
Products EschmannStahlGrades Plastic Mould Steel Hot Work Tool Steel Cold Work Tool Steel Overview High quality, Comprehensive and applicationoriented We Have the Right Solution High Quality and Quickly
Flygt Ball Check Valves
4/13 Supersedes: 6/96 The basic purpose of a check valve is to permit flow in one direction, prevent flow in the opposite direction and perform this function automatically and with minimum maintenance.
Work Smart - Not Hard with a Blue Giant Lift Table
Lift Tables Hydraulic Lift Tables Eliminate the need to bend, twist and pick up heavy loads manually. Let BLUE GIANT Lift Tables increase productivity and decrease costly injuries caused by overexertion
CONVEYING TECHNOLOGY LOADING TECHNOLOGY PALLETIZING TECHNOLOGY PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY SORTATION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
CONVEYING TECHNOLOGY LOADING TECHNOLOGY PALLETIZING TECHNOLOGY PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY SORTATION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS High capacity chain bucket elevators BEUMER CONVEYING TECHNOLOGY Bucket elevators
Belt Conveyor Tracking V-Guide vs. Crowned Roller
Belt Conveyor Tracking V-Guide vs. Crowned Roller By: Michael A. Hosch P.E. Dorner Mfg. Corp. 1 One of the largest maintenance issues associated with belt conveyors is belt tracking. Belt tracking is the
Milling Chuck Features
Milling Chuck Features Since its first introduction into the industry in 1963, Nikken has sold over 2,000,000 worldwide and never stopped improving its original design. Featuring multi-roller bearings
EROSPACE MOVING FORWARD WITH NBM W W W. N B M M E T A L S. C O M LEADING MANUFACTURER & MASTER DISTRIBUTOR OF BRASS, BRONZE, & COPPER ALLOYS
MOVING FORWARD WITH NBM W W W. N B M M E T A L S. C O M SPECIALTY COPPER ALLOYS FOR THE AEROSPACE INDUSTRY EROSPACE LEADING MANUFACTURER & MASTER DISTRIBUTOR OF BRASS, BRONZE, & COPPER ALLOYS NBM s corporate
* 20 8 RN. 74 Guide Bars HERE S HOW THE OREGON SAW BAR. 12" 14" 18" 20" 36" (Etc.) 0=.050" 8=.058" 3=.063" 4=.043"
74 Guide Bars HERE S HOW THE OREGON SAW BAR * 20 8 RN Length in Inches 12" 14" 18" 20" 36" (Etc.) Gauge 0=.050" 8=.058" 3=.063" 4=.043" GUARD MATE HOLES These holes are built into the noses of certain
ROUNDO 3-Roll Plate Bending Machines Type PS
ROUNDO 3-Roll Plate Bending Machines Type PS Universal Machine used for all Plate Bending Double Pinch Design 1. Align the plate using the alignment grooves in the lower rolls or against the rear roll.
Rating when used as a weight carrying hitch without spring bars:
BOLT-TOGETHER WEIGHT DISTRIBUTING HITCH SYSTEM Rating when used as a weight distributing hitch with spring bars: Part Number 48051 4805 48053 48054 Max Tongue Weight 550 Ibs. 750 Ibs. 1000 Ibs. 1400 lbs.
Technical Services & Capabilities
Technical Services & Capabilities Machining Welding MIG TIG Robotic TIG Friction Stir Welding Solution Heat Treat & Artificial Aging Assemblies & Fabrication Bike Frame Specialists Technical Services Product
STEADYfast Stabilizer Installation Notes Fifth Wheel and Travel Trailers 11/23/13
STEADYfast Stabilizer Installation Notes Fifth Wheel and Travel Trailers 11/23/13 (See Supplemental Instructions for trailers with heavy duty round footplates and/or Power Leveling Systems) PHONE SUPPORT
Rexroth Linear Motion Technology
2 Bosch Rexroth Corp. Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies Ball Rail Systems R310A 2202 (2007.05) Rexroth Linear Motion Technology Ball Rail Systems Roller Rail Systems Linear Bushings and Shafts Standard
The word teamster today means a truck driver,
Page 47 Heron of Alexandria The word teamster today means a truck driver, but originally it meant a wagon driver, someone who drives a team of horses, mules or oxen. Over 2000 years ago teamsters in the
IMPORTANT DOCUMENTATION DO NOT DISCARD!
PART NO.: 6441-263C SERIES GRT 3 JAW PARALLEL GRIPPERS INFORMATION SHEET IMPORTANT DOCUMENTATION DO NOT DISCARD! Use this information sheet to assist with gripper installation and setup. File with maintenance
Caps STANDARD WEIGHT Inches / Pounds
Standard Caps you are here: Home > Weldbend Catalog > Fittings > Caps Caps STANDARD WEIGHT Inches / Pounds For Metric Units >Click Here Nominal Pipe Size Outside Inside Wall Thickness (T) Length (E) Pipe
FOOD GRADE INDUSTRIAL OILS & GREASES
FOOD GRADE INDUSTRIAL OILS & GREASES COMPRESSOR OILS Food Grade Synthetic Compressor Oils Fully synthetic compressor oils formulated from the highest quality polyalphaolefin (PAO) base oils with a superior
INSTALLATION and OPERATION RANGE BALL CONVEYOR MODEL NO: BC-001AN
Easy Picker Golf Products, Inc. 415 Leonard Blvd. N., Lehigh Acres, FL 33971 PH: 239-368-6600 FAX: 239-369-1579 Service: 800-982-4653 SALES: 800-641-4653 www.easypicker.com [email protected] INSTALLATION
7.3 Fit selection. Inner ring: Rotating. Outer ring: Stationary. Inner ring: Stationary. Outer ring: Rotating. Inner ring: Stationary
7. Bearing Fits 7. Fitting For rolling s, inner and outer rings are fixed on the or in the housing so that relative movement does not occur between fitting surfaces during operation or under. This relative
Right Angle Grinder USA MADE FLAP DISCS
USA MADE FLAP DISC Right Angle Grinder CGW Offers the Most Extensive Line of Flap Discs in the Marketplace CGW flap discs blend and finish in one operation which replaces the traditional twostep grinding
UDDEHOLM IMPAX SUPREME
UDDEHOLM IMPAX SUPREME Uddeholm Impax Supreme is a premium prehardened mould steel with very good polishing and texturing properties. Uddeholm Impax Supreme is available in a very wide dimensional range,
Type 1, 3, & 3R Enclosures
Junction oxes Type 1 Screw over....................................................................... 50-53 Junction oxes Type 1 Hinge over........................................................................
C O N V E Y O R C O M P O N E N T S C H A I N S B E L T S B E A R I N G S
C O N V E Y O R C O M P O N E N T S C H A I N S B E L T S B E A R I N G S January 2009 Issue 6 Valu Guide Brackets The Ultimate in Adjustability and Cost Savings Valu Guide brackets are part of a family
Cleveland Tramrail Bridge Components
Cleveland Tramrail Bridge Components 1 Tarca Rail Tarca Track features specially rolled high-carbon alloy steel rail with raised treads welded to a steel flange and web. Tarca is designed to provide maximum
Manual piston sampler...m 11
SAMPLING Manual piston sampler...m 11 Screw sampler...prec 22...PREC 100 Slide sampler...pr 55 Rotative screw sampler...prv Piston sampler...p 11 Sampler on belt conveyor...pba Rotating cup sampler...pgr
